Carrier 48AJ AK, AW, AY020-060, 48EJ EK, EW, EY024-068 rooftop unit Installation, Start-Up and Service Instructions
Below you will find brief information for rooftop unit 48AJ AK, AW, AY020-060, rooftop unit 48EJ EK, EW, EY024-068. The Carrier rooftop unit 48AJ AK, AW, AY020-060, 48EJ EK, EW, EY024-068 is a single package rooftop unit that provides electric cooling and gas heating. This unit is designed for rooftop installation and is weatherproof. It features a reciprocating compressor, condenser coil, evaporator coil, and return air filters. The unit also includes a furnace section with a high-pressure switch and a low-pressure switch.
Advertisement
Advertisement
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060 with Reciprocating Compressor
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-068
Single Package Rooftop Units
Electric Cooling/Gas Heating
Installation, Start-Up and
Service Instructions
CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
INSTALLATION
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58
Step 1 — Provide Unit Support
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
• ROOF CURB
• ALTERNATE UNIT SUPPORT
Step 2 — Rig and Place Unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
• POSITIONING
• ROOF MOUNT
Step 3 — Field Fabricate Ductwork
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Step 4 — Make Unit Duct Connections
. . . . . . . . . . . 2
Step 5 — Install Flue Hood
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Step 6 — Trap Condensate Drain
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Step 7 — Install Gas Piping
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Step 8 — Controls Options
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
• STAGED GAS UNIT APPLICATIONS
• THERMISTORS
• CONSTANT VOLUME APPLICATIONS
• VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) APPLICATIONS
Step 9 — Make Electrical Connections
. . . . . . . . . . 33
• POWER WIRING
• FIELD POWER SUPPLY
• FIELD CONTROL WIRING
Step 10 — Make Outdoor-Air Inlet
Adjustments
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
• ECONOMIZER
• ECONOMIZER SETTINGS
Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric
Relief Damper Hood
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Step 12 — Install All Accessories
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Step 13 — Field Modifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
START-UP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58-89
SERVICE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89-102
TROUBLESHOOTING
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-115
START-UP CHECKLIST
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CL-1,CL-2
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment.
Untrained personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of cleaning coils and filters and replacing filters. All other operations should be performed by trained service personnel. When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit, and other safety precautions that may apply.
Follow all safety codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinguishers available for all brazing operations.
Before performing service or maintenance operations on unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock could cause personal injury.
1. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service, or maintenance can cause property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information
Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any phone in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department.
Disconnect gas piping from unit when pressure testing at pressure greater than 0.5 psig. Pressures greater than
0.5 psig will cause gas valve damage resulting in hazardous condition. If gas valve is subjected to pressure greater than
0.5 psig, it must be replaced before use. When pressure testing field-supplied gas piping at pressures of 0.5 psig or less, a unit connected to such piping must be isolated by closing the manual gas valve(s).
INSTALLATION
Step 1 — Provide Unit Support
1. All panels must be in place when rigging.
2. Unit is not designed for handling by fork truck.
Book 1
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
PC 111 Catalog No. 534-739 Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48A,E-1SI Pg 1 107 11-01 Replaces: 48E-6SI
Tab 1a
ROOF CURB — For vertical discharge units, assemble or install accessory roof curb in accordance with instructions shipped with this accessory. See Fig. 1-4. Install insulation, cant strips, roofing, and counter flashing as shown. Ductwork can be installed to roof curb before unit is set in place. Curb should be level. This is necessary to permit unit drain to function properly. Unit leveling tolerance is shown in Fig. 1-3.
Refer to Accessory Roof Curb Installation Instructions for additional information as required. When accessory roof curb is used, unit may be installed on class A, B, or C roof covering material.
IMPORTANT: The gasketing of the unit to the roof curb is critical for a watertight seal. Install gasket with the roof curb as shown in Fig. 1-3. Improperly applied gasket can also result in air leaks and poor unit performance.
ALTERNATE UNIT SUPPORT — When the preferred curb or slab mount cannot be used, support unit with sleepers on perimeter, using unit curb support area. If sleepers cannot be used, support long sides of unit (refer to Fig. 5-16) with a minimum number of 4-in. x 4-in. pads spaced as follows:
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 units require 3 pads on each side; 48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048 units require 4 pads on each side;
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units require 6 pads on each side. Unit may sag if supported by corners only.
Step 2 — Rig and Place Unit —
Inspect unit for transportation damage. See Tables 1A and 1B for physical data.
File any claim with transportation agency.
Do not drop unit; keep upright. Use spreader bars over unit to prevent sling or cable damage. Level by using unit frame as a reference; leveling tolerance is shown in Fig. 1-3. See Fig. 17 for additional information. Unit operating weight is shown in
Table 2.
NOTE: On retrofit jobs, ductwork may be attached to old unit instead of roof curb. Be careful not to damage ductwork when removing old unit. Attach existing ductwork to roof curb instead of unit.
Four lifting lugs are provided on the unit base rails as shown in Fig. 5-16. Refer to rigging instructions on unit.
POSITIONING — Maintain clearance, per Fig. 5-16, around and above unit to provide minimum distance from combustible materials, proper airflow, and service access.
Do not install unit in an indoor location. Do not locate unit air inlets near exhaust vents or other sources of contaminated air. For proper unit operation, adequate combustion and ventilation air must be provided in accordance with Section 5.3 (Air for Combustion and Ventilation) of the National Fuel Gas
Code, ANSI Z223.1 (American National Standards Institute).
Although unit is weatherproof, guard against water from higher level runoff and overhangs.
Locate mechanical draft system flue assembly at least 4 ft from any opening through which combustion products could enter the building, and at least 4 ft from any adjacent building.
When unit is located adjacent to public walkways, flue assembly must be at least 7 ft above grade.
ROOF MOUNT — Check building codes for weight distribution requirements. See Fig. 17. Unit operating weight is shown in Table 2.
Step 3 — Field Fabricate Ductwork —
Secure all ducts to building structure. Use flexible duct connectors between unit and ducts as required. Insulate and weatherproof all external ductwork, joints, and roof openings with counter flashing and mastic in accordance with applicable codes.
NOTE: Due to width of the horizontal supply/return ductwork, provisions should be made for servicing of the outdoor air filters (i.e., catwalk over ductwork).
Ducts passing through an unconditioned space must be insulated and covered with a vapor barrier. Outlet grilles must not lie directly below unit discharge. The return duct must have a
90-degree elbow before opening into the building space if the unit is equipped with power exhaust.
To attach ductwork to roof curb, insert duct approximately
10 to 11 in. up into roof curb. Connect ductwork to 14-gage roof curb material with sheet metal screws driven from inside the duct.
For vertical supply and return units, tools or parts could drop into ductwork and cause an injury. Install a 90-degree elbow turn in the supply and return ductwork between the unit and the conditioned space. If a 90-degree elbow cannot be installed, then a grille of sufficient strength and density should be installed to prevent objects from falling into the conditioned space.
Step 4 — Make Unit Duct Connections
48AJ,AK,EJ,EK UNITS — Unit is shipped for through-thebottom duct connections. Field-fabricated ductwork should be
attached to the roof curb. Supply and return duct dimensions are shown in Fig. 5-7 and 11-13. Air distribution is shown in
Fig. 18 and 19. Refer to installation instructions shipped with roof curb for more information.
48AW,AY,EW,EY UNITS — Remove shipping covers from supply and return air openings. Attach field-supplied ductwork to unit. Connect to the unit with a single duct for all supply openings and with a single duct for all return openings. Splitting of the airflow into branch ducts should not be done at the unit. Sufficient duct length should be used prior to branching to ensure the air temperatures are well mixed within the ductwork. See Fig. 8-10 and 14-16 for duct opening dimensions.
Secure all ducts to building structure. Air distribution is shown in Fig. 8-10 and 14-16.
Install accessory barometric relief or power exhaust in the field-fabricated return ductwork. Refer to Step 11 — Position
Power Exhaust/Barometric Relief Damper Hood section on page 52 for more information.
Instructions continued on page 28.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
2
A
3
B
UNIT
48AJ,AKD020
48AJE020
48AW,AYD020
48AWE020
48AJ,AKD025
48AJE025
48AW,AYD025
48AWE025
48AJ,AKD027
48AJE027
48AW,AYD027
48AWE027
48AJ,AKD030
48AJE030
48AW,AYD030
48AWE030
48AJ,AKD035
48AJE035
48AW,AYD035
48AWE035
48AJ,AKD040
48AJE040
48AW,AYD040
48AWE040
48AJ,AKD050
48AJE050
48AW,AYD050
48AWE050
48AJ,AKD060
48AJE060
48AW,AYD060
48AWE060
1
4
48AJ,AK,AW,AY UNITS
89.3
90.8
87.7
89.2
87.7
89.2
125.3
132.2
127.7
134.7
69.6
70.1
92.7
94.1
92.7
94.1
89.3
90.8
69.6
70.1
69.6
70.1
69.6
70.1
69.6
70.1
A
72.4
73.3
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Inches
B A
Millimeters
B
42.2
42.7
1839
1862
1072
1085
72.4
73.3
69.6
70.1
42.2
42.7
44.0
44.3
1839
1862
1768
1781
1072
1085
1118
1125
44.0
44.3
44.0
44.3
44.0
44.3
44.0
44.3
1768
1781
1768
1781
1768
1781
1768
1781
1118
1125
1118
1125
1118
1125
1118
1125
44.0
44.3
46.9
47.2
46.9
47.2
46.9
47.2
46.9
47.2
46.5
46.8
46.5
46.8
45.2
47.2
46.6
48.6
1768
1781
2355
2390
2355
2390
2268
2306
2268
2306
2228
2266
2228
2266
3181
3359
3242
3422
1191
1199
1181
1189
1181
1189
1149
1199
1184
1235
1118
1125
1191
1199
1191
1199
1191
1199
22.1%
22.7%
21.6%
22.1%
21.6%
22.1%
21.7%
23.9%
21.7%
23.9%
21.1%
21.4%
23.0%
23.5%
23.0%
23.5%
22.1%
22.7%
1
21.0%
21.6%
21.0%
21.6%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
21.1%
21.4%
Fig. 17 — Rigging Information
PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT
AT EACH CORNER (%)
19.4%
19.6%
19.2%
19.4%
19.2%
19.4%
19.3%
19.4%
19.3%
19.4%
21.1%
21.1%
20.1%
20.3%
20.1%
20.3%
19.4%
19.6%
2
22.8%
22.9%
22.8%
22.9%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
21.1%
27.3%
26.8%
27.9%
27.4%
27.9%
27.4%
27.7%
25.4%
27.7%
25.4%
28.9%
28.6%
26.6%
26.1%
26.6%
26.1%
27.3%
26.8%
3
29.2%
28.6%
29.2%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
28.9%
28.6%
31.2%
31.0%
31.3%
31.1%
31.3%
31.1%
31.2%
31.3%
31.2%
31.3%
28.9%
29.0%
30.3%
30.2%
30.3%
30.2%
31.2%
31.0%
4
26.9%
27.0%
26.9%
27.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
28.9%
29.0%
19
UNIT
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD024
48EJ,EWE024
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD028
48EJ,EWE028
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD030
48EJ,EWE030
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD034
48EJ,EWE034
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD038
48EJ,EWE038
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD044
48EJ,EWE044
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD048
48EJ,EWE048
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD054
48EJ,EWE054
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD058
48EJ,EWE058
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD064
48EJ,EWE064
48EJ,EW,EK,EYD068
48EJ,EWE068
48EJ,EK,EW,EY UNITS
89.2
130.9
133.8
132.1
139.5
125.3
132.2
127.7
134.7
70.1
69.6
70.1
92.7
94.1
89.3
90.8
87.7
A
72.4
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Inches Millimeters
B
42.2
A
1839
B
1072
73.3
69.6
70.1
69.6
42.7
44.0
44.3
44.0
1862
1768
1781
1768
1085
1118
1125
1118
44.3
44.0
44.3
46.9
47.2
46.9
47.2
46.5
1781
1768
1781
2355
2390
2268
2306
2228
1125
1118
1125
1191
1199
1191
1199
1181
46.8
46.9
47.4
47.5
49.6
45.2
47.2
46.6
48.6
2226
3325
3397
3354
3544
3181
3359
3242
3422
1189
1192
1204
1207
1260
1149
1199
1184
1235
21.4
23.0
23.5
22.1
22.7
21.6
22.1
22.4
1
21.0
21.6
21.1
21.4
21.1
21.4
21.1
23.1
22.9
25.3
20.7
22.8
21.7
23.9
PERCENT OF TOTAL WEIGHT
AT EACH CORNER (%)
21.1
20.1
20.3
19.4
19.6
19.2
19.4
19.6
2
22.8
22.9
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
19.8
19.5
19.6
19.6
19.7
19.3
19.4
28.6
26.6
26.1
27.3
26.8
27.9
27.4
27.0
3
29.2
28.6
28.9
28.6
28.9
28.6
28.9
26.3
26.5
24.1
29.1
26.7
27.7
25.4
RIGGING WEIGHTS
48AJ,AK,AW,AY UNITS
UNIT
48AJ,AKD
48AJ,AKE
48AW,AYD
48AW,AYE
020
5142
5222
5182
5262
025
5228
5308
5268
5348
027
5325
5405
5365
5445
MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHTS (lb)*
030
5325
035
6004
5405
5365
5445
6164
6044
6204
040
6514
6674
6554
6714
050
6725
6885
6765
6925
060
8930
9170
8970
9210
*Includes outdoor-air hoods, filters, largest available indoor-fan motor, modulating power exhaust, and the largest available variable frequency drive (VFD).
NOTES:
1.
Center of gravity.
3. On 020-050 includes 170 lbs and on 060 55 lbs for economizer hoods. Includes 45 lbs for the economizer hood packaging.
4. Add 220 lbs for copper coil on the 020-030 size.
5. Add 284 lbs for copper coil on the 035 size.
6. Add 380 lbs for copper coil on the 040-050 size.
7. Add 651 lbs for copper coil on the 060 size.
2. On 020-050 includes 500 lbs and on 060 725 lbs for modulating power exhaust.
48EJ,EK,EW,EY UNITS
UNIT
48EJ,EKD
48EJE
48EW,EYD
48EWE
024
5142
5222
5182
5262
028
5228
5384
5404
5492
030
5304
5384
5344
5424
034
5304
5384
5344
5424
*Includes outdoor-air hoods, filters, largest available indoor-fan motor, modulating power exhaust, and the largest available variable frequency drive (VFD).
NOTES:
1.
Center of gravity.
2. Sizes 024-048 includes 500 lb and sizes 054-068 includes
725 lb for modulating power exhaust.
3. Sizes 024-048 includes 170 lb and sizes 054-068 includes
255 lb for economizer hoods.
MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHTS (lb)*
038
5943
6103
5983
6143
044
6237
6397
6277
6437
048
6622
6782
6662
6822
054
8029
8269
8069
8309
058
8377
8617
8417
8657
4. Economizer hood packaging includes 45 lb.
5. For sizes 024-034 add 220 lb for copper coil.
6. For sizes 038-044 add 284 lb for copper coil.
7. For 048 size add 380 lb for copper coil.
8. For 054 size add 271 lb for copper coil.
9. For 058 size add 407 lb for copper coil.
10. For 064 size add 489 lb for copper coil.
11. For 068 size add 651 lb for copper coil.
064
8755
8995
8795
9035
Fig. 17 — Rigging Information (cont)
068
8930
9170
8970
9210
29.0
30.3
30.2
31.2
31.0
31.3
31.1
30.9
4
26.9
27.0
28.9
29.0
28.9
29.0
28.9
30.7
31.1
31.1
30.7
30.8
31.2
31.3
20
Table 1A — Physical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units
UNIT 48AJ,AK,AW,AY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
BASE UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL *
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp
EVAPORATOR COIL
Tube Size (in.)
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt Quantity
Belt Type
Belt Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout
Temp (F) †
Burner Orifice Diameter (in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas
Liquid Propane
Std
Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting
Stage 1 (amps)
Stage 2 (amps)
Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1
Stage 2
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Liquid Propane
Gas Valve Quantity
Std
Alt
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
LEGEND
Al —
Aluminum
Bhp —
Brake Horsepower
Cu —
Copper
020D/E
20
025D/E
25
027D/E
See Operating Weights Table 2.
27
030D/E
30
1...06D328, 1...06D818
2
115, 88
2...06D328
2
115 ea.
2...06D328
2
115 ea.
1...06D537, 1…06D328
2
115 ea.
R-22
25-0
31-0
1
4...15
33.3
25-0
25-0
29-0
28-0
Cross-Hatched 3 /
8
" Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
1 1
4...15
4...15
33.3
33.3
27-0
29-0
1
4...15
33.3
13,420
2...30
1
3
/
8
4...15
31.7
13,420
2...30
1
Propeller Type
13,420
2...30
1
Cross-Hatched Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins
3
/
8
4...15
31.7
3
/
8
4...15
34.7
13,420
2...30
1
3
/
8
4... 5
34.7
Centrifugal Type
5
184T
2...20 X 15
Belt
8,000
10
215T
Ball
15
254T
7.5
213T
2... 20 X 15
Belt
10,000
10
215T
Ball
15
254T
10
215T
2... 20 X 15
Belt
11,000
15
254T
Ball
20
256T
10
215T
2... 20 X 15
Belt
12,000
15
254T
Ball
20
256T
4.9
1
1
/
8
12.4
1
BX56
1200
4.4
1
3
2
/
8
1
8.6
15
/
16
BX50
5.7
1
3
/
9.1
8
2
5VX530
5.4
1
3
/
8
12.4
1
BX56
1200
11.1
1
6.1
1
3
15
1
/
/
8
16
5VX590
5.5
1
5
/
8
8.7
2
5VX570
4.4
1
3
/
9.4
8
2
BX50
1200
1
4.9
1
5
15
2
/
8.1
/
8
16
5VX500
5.9
1
5
/
8.7
8
2
5VX530
4.4
1
3
/
8
9.0
2
BX50
1200
1
5.7
1
5
/
9.1
15
2
/
8
16
5VX530
5.9
1
5
/
8.7
8
2
5VX530
56 63 53 56 59 57 50 50 53 50 53 53
16.0-18.7
15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9
15.6-18.4
15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9
15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9
15.0-17.9
15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9
15.0-17.9
717 924 1096 773 962 1106 848 1059 1187 884 1096 1187
225
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
262,500/394,000
350,000/525,000
82
15-45/35-65
3.5
3.5
2
426
320
27
67
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
225
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
262,500/394,000
350,000/525,000
82
15-45/35-65
3.5
3.5
2
426
320
27
67
225
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
262,500/394,000
350,000/525,000
82
15-45/35-65
3.5
3.5
2
426
320
27
67
225
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
262,500/394,000
350,000/525,000
82
15-45/35-65
3.5
3.5
2
426
320
27
67
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4..20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
*Sizes 020-030: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.
Sizes 035-050: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.
†Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48AJ,AW only.
21
Table 1A — Physical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)
UNIT 48AJ,AK,AW,AY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
BASE UNIT OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1 , Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL *
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp
EVAPORATOR COIL
Tube Size (in.)
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt Quantity
Belt Type
Belt Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout
Temp (F) †
Burner Orifice Diameter (in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas
Liquid Propane
Std
Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator Setting
Stage 1 (amps)
Stage 2 (amps)
Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1
Stage 2
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Liquid Propane
Gas Valve Quantity
Std
Alt
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
LEGEND
Al —
Aluminum
Bhp —
Brake Horsepower
Cu —
Copper
035D/E
35
2...06D537
2
115 ea.
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
300,000/600,000
400,000/800,000
82
10-40/30-60
3.5
3.5
2
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
040D/E
40
3.5
3.5
2
See Operating Weights Table 2.
1...06D537, 1...06EA250
2
115, 224
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
300,000/600,000
400,000/800,000
82
10-40/30-60
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
300,000/600,000
400,000/800,000
82
10-40/30-60
3.5
3.5
2
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
NOTE: High heat is for 48AJ,AW only.
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
582,000/ 873,000
776,000/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
3.3
3.3
3
16...20 x 24 x 2
12...16 x 25
6...20 x 25
*Sizes 020-030: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.
Sizes 035-050: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.
†Rollout switch is manual reset.
050D/E
50
2…06EA250
2
224 ea.
060D/E
60
2...06EA265
2
304 ea.
34-8
34-8
2
3...15
58.3
51-8
49-8
50-0
50-0
Cross-Hatched 3 /
8
" Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
2 2
4...15
4...15
66.7
66.7
79-8
79-8
2
4…15
100
27,064
4...30
1
3
/
8
4...15
34.7
27,064
4...30
1
Propeller Type
27,064
4...30
1
Cross-Hatched Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins
1
/
2
6...15
31.3
1
/
2
6...15
31.3
43,900
6...30
1
1
/
2
4...17
48.1
Centrifugal Type
10
215T
2...20 X 15
Belt
14,000
15
254T
Ball
20
256T
15
254T
2...20 X 15
Belt
16,000
20
256T
Ball
25
284T
20
256T
2...20 X 15
Belt
20,000
25
284T
Ball
30
286T
25
284T
3...20 X 15
Belt
24,000
30
286T
Ball
40
324T
6.1
1
3
/
8
13.7
1
5VX610
1200
5.3
1
5
2
/
8
1
9.5
15
/
16
5VX530
5.7
1
5
/
9.5
8
2
5VX550
5.3
1
5
/
9.5
8
2
5VX530
1200
1
5.7
1
5
9.5
15
2
/
/
8
16
5VX550
7.5
1
7
/
8
11.1
2
5VX590
6.3
1
5
/
8
11.1
2
5VX570
1300
1
8.1
1
7
15
2
/
/
8
12.5
16
5VX630
7.5
1
7
/
8
11.1
2
5VX590
5.3
1
7
/
9.1
8
3
5VX530
1200
8.1
1
7
/
8
12.5
1
15
3
/
16
5VX630
9.4
2
1
/
8
13.6
2
5VX650
61 53 55 53 55 59 57 63 59 53 63 65
15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9
15.0-17.9
15.0-17.9
15.0-17.9
14.6-17.6
15.0-17.9
14.6-17.6
14.6-17.6
15.2-17.5
14.7-17.2
14.2-17.0
779 976 1050 976 1050 1182 993 1134 1182 1019 1134 1214
426
320
27
67
426
320
27
67
426
320
27
67
426
320
27
67
22
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Type Ckt 1
Ckt 2
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1*
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)
EVAPORATOR COIL
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size (Standard)
(High Efficiency)
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt, Quantity...Type
Belt, Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**
Burner Orifice Diameter
(in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas Std
Liquid Propane Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator
Setting (amps)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1 Low
High
Stage 2 Low
High
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas Std
Liquid Propane Alt
Gas Valve Quantity
Field Gas Connection Size
(in.-FPT)
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
POWER EXHAUST
Motor, Quantity...Hp
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)
024D/E
20
06D328
06D818
2
115, 88
25-0
31-0
1
4...15
33.3
13,420
2...30
1
06D328
06D328
2
115 ea.
R-22
06D537
06D328
2
115 ea.
25-0
25-0
25-0
25-0
Cross-Hatched
3
/
8
″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
1
4...15
33.3
1
4...15
33.3
Propeller Type
13,420
2...30
13,420
2...30
1 1
Cross-Hatched
3
/
8
″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits
4...15
31.7
4...15
31.7
06D537
06D537
2
115 ea.
25-0
25-0
1
4...15
33.3
13,420
2...30
1
4...15
31.7
4...15
31.7
Centrifugal Type
1
5
S184T
S184T
4.9
1
/
8
12.4
2...20x15
Belt
8,000
10†
S215T
S215T
Ball
1200
4.4
1
3
/
8
8.6
1
15
/
16
15
D254T
S254T
5.7
1
5
/
9.1
8
7.5
S213T
S213T
5.4
1
3
/
8
12.4
2...20x15
Belt
10,000
10†
S215T
S215T
Ball
1200
6.1
1
11.1
1
3
/
15
8
/
16
15
D254T
S254T
5.5
1
5
/
8
8.7
S215T
S215T
4.4
1
10
3
/
9.4
8
2...20x15
11,000
15†
D254T
S254T
1200
4.9
1
Belt
Ball
5
/
8
8.1
1
15
/
16
20
S256T
S256T
5.9
1
5
/
8.7
8
10
S215T
S215T
4.4
1
3
/
8
9.0
2...20x15
Belt
12,000
15†
D254T
S254T
Ball
1200
5.7
1
5
/
8
9.1
1
15
/
16
20
S256T
S256T
5.9
1
5
/
8.7
8
1...BX56
2...BX50
2...5VX530
1...BX56
1...5VX570 2...5VX530
2...BX50
2...5VX500 2...5VX530
2...BX50
2...5VX530 2...5VX530
56 50 53 56 59 57 50 50 53 50 53 53
16.0-18.7
15.6-18.4
15.0-17.9
717 924 1096 773
15.6-18.4
962
15.0-17.9
1106
15.6-18.4
848 1059
15.0-17.9
1187
15.6-18.4
884
15.0-17.9
1096 1187
225
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
265,600
398,400
350,000
525,000
82
15-45/35-65
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
426
320
7
22
028D/E
25
225
27.5
For Operating Weights see Table 2.
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
265,600
398,400
350,000
525,000
82
15-45/35-65
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
426
320
7
22
030D/E
225
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
265,600
398,400
350,000
525,000
82
15-45/35-65
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
426
320
7
22
034D/E
30
225
.111...34
.089...43
0.1
0.1
265,600
398,400
350,000
525,000
82
15-45/35-65
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
426
320
7
22
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan
4...1
11...10
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
*Sizes 024-034: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.
Sizes 038-048: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static. For more information, see Table 3.
**Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW only.
23
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Type Ckt 1
Ckt 2
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1*
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)
EVAPORATOR COIL
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size (Standard)
(High Efficiency)
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt, Quantity...Type
Belt, Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**
Burner Orifice Diameter
(in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas Std
Liquid Propane Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator
Setting (amps)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1 Low
High
Stage 2 Low
High
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Liquid Propane
Gas Valve Quantity
Field Gas Connection Size
(in.-FPT)
Std
Alt
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
POWER EXHAUST
Motor, Quantity...Hp
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)
034D/E
35
06D537
06D537
2
115 ea.
06EA250
06EA250
2
224 ea.
R-22
06EA265
06EA250
2
304, 224
10
S215T
S215T
6.1
1
3
/
8
13.7
2...20x15
Belt
14,000
15†
D254T
S254T
Ball
1200
5.3
1
5
/
8
9.5
1
15
/
16
34-0
34-0
35-0
35-0
41-0
41-0
Cross-Hatched
3
/
8
″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
2
4...15
58.3
2
4...15
58.3
1
4...15
66.7
27,064
4...30
1
3...15
34.7
Propeller Type
27,064
4...30
1
Cross-Hatched
3
/
8
″ Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits
3...15
34.7
27,064
4...30
1
4...15
34.7
20
S256T
S256T
5.7
1
5
/
9.5
8
1...5VX610
2...5VX530
61 53
15.6-18.4
779 976
2...5VX550
15.0-17.9
55
1050
15
D254T
S254T
Centrifugal Type
2...20x15
Belt
16,000
20†
S256T
S256T
Ball
5.3
1
5
/
8
9.5
2...5VX530
53
976
1200
5.7
1
5
/
8
9.5
1
15
/
16
2...5VX550
55
15.0-17.9
1050
25
S284T
S284T
7.5
1
7
/
8
11.1
2...5VX590
59
14.6-17.6
1182
20
S256T
S256T
6.3
1
5
/
57
8
11.1
2...5VX570
15.0-17.9
993
2...20x15
18,000
25†
S284T
S284T
1200
8.1
1
1
Belt
Ball
7
/
15
8
12.5
/
16
1
3...15
30
S286T
S286T
7.5
1
7
/
8
11.1
2...5VX630
63
2...5VX590
14.6-17.6
59
1134 1182
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
303,500
607,000
400,000
800,000
82
10-40/30-60
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
426
320
7
22
044D/E
40
For Operating Weights see Table 2.
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
303,500
607,000
400,000
800,000
82
10-40/30-60
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
426
320
7
22
048D/E
45
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
303,500
607,000
400,000
800,000
82
10-40/30-60
5-13.5
3.5
3.5
2
1.5
426
320
7
22
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
10...20 x 24 x 2
8...16 x 25
4...20 x 25
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan
4...1
11...10
*Sizes 024-034: Circuit 1 uses the lower portion of condenser coil, Circuit 2 uses the upper portion.
Sizes 038-048: Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil, Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static. For more information, see Table 3.
**Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW only.
24
Table 1B — Physical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
UNIT 48EJ,EK,EW,EY
NOMINAL CAPACITY (tons)
OPERATING WEIGHT (lb)
COMPRESSOR
Quantity...Type (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)
Number of Refrigerant Circuits
Oil (oz) (Ckt 1, Ckt 2)
REFRIGERANT TYPE
Operating Charge (lb-oz)
Circuit 1*
Circuit 2
CONDENSER COIL
Quantity
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
CONDENSER FAN
Nominal Cfm
Quantity...Diameter (in.)
Motor Hp (1075 Rpm)
EVAPORATOR COIL
Rows...Fins/in.
Total Face Area (sq ft)
EVAPORATOR FAN
Quantity...Size (in.)
Type Drive
Nominal Cfm
Motor Hp
Motor Frame Size
Motor Bearing Type
Maximum Allowable Rpm
Motor Pulley Pitch Diameter
Nominal Motor Shaft Diameter (in.)
Fan Pulley Pitch Diameter (in.)
Nominal Fan Shaft Diameter (in.)
Belt, Quantity...Type
Length (in.)
Pulley Center Line Distance (in.)
Factory Speed Setting (rpm)
FURNACE SECTION
Rollout Switch Cutout Temp (F)**
Burner Orifice Diameter
(in. ...drill size)
Natural Gas Std
Liquid Propane Alt
Thermostat Heat Anticipator
Setting (amps)
Stage 1
Stage 2
Gas Input (Btuh) Stage 1
Stage 2
Efficiency (Steady State) (%)
Temperature Rise Range
Gas Pressure to Unit Range (in. wg)
Manifold Pressure (in. wg)
Natural Gas
Liquid Propane
Std
Alt
Gas Valve Quantity
Field Gas Connection Size
(in.-FPT)
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
LOW-PRESSURE SWITCH (psig)
Cutout
Reset (Auto.)
RETURN-AIR FILTERS (W x H x T)
Quantity...Size (in.)
OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS
Quantity...Size (in.)
POWER EXHAUST
Motor, Quantity...Hp
Fan, Diameter...Width (in.)
054D/E
50
1...06EA265, 1...06EA250
2
304, 224
1...06EA275, 1...06EA250
2
304, 224
R-22
1...06EA275, 1...06EA265
2
304, 304
50-11
46-8
57-0
48-6
68-0
68-0
Cross-Hatched
3
/
8
″-in. Copper Tubes, Aluminum Lanced, Aluminum Pre-Coated, or Copper Plate Fins
1 1
3...15 2...15
66.6
1 1
3...15 2...15
100.0
2
3...15
100
30,000
4...30
1
4...17
45.0
Propeller Type
43,900
6...30
43,900
6...30
1 1
Cross-Hatched
1
/
2
″-in. Copper Tubes, Aluminum Plate Fins, Intertwined Circuits
4...17
45.0
4...17
48.1
2...06EA275
2
304, 304
81-0
73-0
2
4...15
100
43,900
6...30
1
4...17
48.1
Centrifugal Type
15
S254T
3...20x15
Belt
20,000
20†
S256T
Ball
25
S284T
20
S256T
3...20x15
Belt
22,000
25†
S284T
Ball
30
S286T
25
S284T
3...20x15
Belt
24,000
30†
S286T
Ball
40
S324T
25
S284T
3...20x15
Belt
26,000
30†
S286T
Ball
40
S324T
4.7
1
5
/
8
11.1
1200
6.1
1
5
/
8
11.1
1
15
/
16
8.1
1
7
/
8
12.5
5.9
1
5
/
8
11.1
1200
6.7
1
7
/
8
11.1
1
15
/
16
7.5
1
7
/
8
11.1
5.3
1
7
/
9.1
8
1200
8.1
1
7
/
8
12.5
1
15
/
16
9.4
2
1
/
8
13.6
6.7
1
7
/
8
12.5
1200
5.9
1
7
/
8
1
9.5
15
/
16
9.4
2
1
/
8
13.6
2...5VX550 2...5VX570 2...5VX630 2...5VX570 2...5VX590 2...5VX590 3...5VX530 2...5VX630 2...5VX650 2...5VX610 3...5VX550 2...5VX650
55 57 63 57 59 59 53 63 65 61 55 59
15.2-17.5
15.2-17.5
14.7-17.2
15.2-17.5
14.7-17.2
14.7-17.2
14.7-17.2
14.7-17.2
14.2-17.0
14.7-17.2
14.7-17.2
14.3-17.0
741 962 1134 930 1056 1182 1019 1134 1214 938 1087 1214
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
441,000/ 873,000
662,400/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
5 - 13.5
3.3
3.3
3
2.5
426
320
7
22
058D/E
55
225
0.1
0.1
82
3.3
3.3
3
2.5
426
320
7
22
064D/E
For Operating Weights see Table 2.
.120...31
.096...41
441,000/ 873,000
662,400/1,164,000
10-40/30-60
5 - 13.5
60
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
441,000/ 873,000
662,400/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
5 - 13.5
3.3
3.3
3
2.5
426
320
7
22
068D/E
65
225
.120...31
.096...41
0.1
0.1
441,000/ 873,000
662,400/1,164,000
82
10-40/30-60
5 - 13.5
3.3
3.3
3
2.5
426
320
7
22
16...20 x 24 x 2
12...16 x 25
6...20 x 25
16...20 x 24 x 2
12...16 x 25
6...20 x 25
16...20 x 24 x 2
12...16 x 25
6...20 x 25
Direct Drive, 3-Speed, Single-Phase Motor (Factory-Wired for High Speed) and Forward Curved Fan
6...1
11...10
16...20 x 24 x 2
12...16 x 25
6...20 x 25
*Circuit 1 uses the left condenser coil. Circuit 2 the right. All units have intertwined evaporator coils.
†Motor and drive shown will deliver approximately 2.5 in. wg net external static pressure. For more information see Table 3.
**Rollout switch is manual reset.
NOTE: High heat is for 48EJ,EW.
25
UNIT
48AJD,AKD
48AJE
48AWD,AYD
48AWE
OPTION/
ACCESSORY
Barometric Relief
Power Exhaust
Modulating Power Exhaust
Cu Tubing/Cu Fin Condenser Coil
Roof Curb (14-in. curb)
020
4287
4367
4327
4407
020
300
450
500
220
365
025
4373
4453
4413
4493
Table 2 — Operating Weights
48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units
025
300
450
500
220
365
027
4394
4474
4434
4514
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS (Lb)*
030 035
4394
4474
5073
5233
4434
4514
5113
5273
040
5515
5675
5555
5715
OPTION/ACCESSORY WEIGHTS (Lb)
027 030 035 040
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
500
220
365
500
220
365
500
285
410
500
285
410
050
5628
5788
5668
5828
050
300
450
500
380
410
060
7480
7720
7520
7760
060
450
675
725
651
585
UNIT
48EJ,EKD
48EJE
48EW,EYD
48EWE
024
4287
4367
4327
4407
028
4373
4453
4413
4493
030
4373
4453
4413
4493
034
4373
4453
4413
4493
48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units
BASE UNIT WEIGHTS (Lb)*
038 044 048
5012
5172
5238
5398
5525
5685
5052
5212
5278
5438
5565
5725
054
6805
7045
6845
7085
058
7055
7295
7095
7335
064
7305
7545
7345
7585
068
7480
7720
7520
7760
OPTION/
ACCESSORY
Barometric Relief
Power Exhaust
Modular Power Exhaust
Cu Tubing/Cu Fin Condenser Coil
Roof Curb (14-in. curb)
024
300
450
500
220
365
028
300
450
500
220
365
030
300
450
500
220
365
MOTOR
HP
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
CV MOTOR WEIGHTS (Lb)
UNIT
VOLTAGE
STANDARD
EFFICIENCY
IFM
78 230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
78
107
107
118
118
150
150
212
212
240
240
283
283
372
372
HIGH
EFFICIENCY
IFM
94
92
135
136
164
156
217
220
250
258
309
319
355
359
415
410
LEGEND
Cu
— Copper
CV
— Constant Volume
FIOP — Factory-Installed Option
HP
— Horsepower
IFM
— Indoor Fan Motor
VAV
— Variable Air Volume
VFD
— Variable Frequency Drive
*Outdoor-air hoods and filters included in base unit weights; indoorfan motors are NOT included.
OPTION/ACCESSORY WEIGHTS (Lb)
034 038 044 048 054
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
450
675
500
220
365
500
285
410
500
285
410
500
380
410
725
271
585
058
450
675
725
407
585
064
450
675
725
489
585
068
450
675
725
651
585
MOTOR
HP
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
VAV MOTOR WEIGHTS (Lb)
UNIT
VOLTAGE
STANDARD
EFFICIENCY
IFM
125 230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
230/460
575
163
183
193
204
204
238
240
348
304
377
375
480
418
637
587
NOTES:
1. Base unit weight includes outdoor-air hoods. Base unit weight does NOT include indoor-fan motor. ADD indoor-fan motor,
FIOPs, and accessories for TOTAL operating weight.
2. The VAV motor weights include indoor fan motor and the VFD
(variable frequency drive), compressor electric unloaders, VFD transducers, and associated wiring.
HIGH
EFFICIENCY
IFM
141
177
211
222
250
242
305
310
386
350
446
454
552
494
680
625
26
Table 3 — Evaporator Fan Motor Data
UNIT
SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
UNIT
SIZE
48EJ,EK,
EW,EY
MOTOR
HP
MOTOR
SHAFT DIA.
(in.)
FAN
SHAFT
SPEED
(rpm)
MOTOR
SHEAVE
020
025
027
030
035
040
050
—
—
060
—
024
028
030
034
038
044
048
054
058
064
068
20
25
30
15
20
25
10
15
20
15
20
25
10
15
20
10
15
20
5
10
15
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
25
30
40
25
30
40
1.125
1.375
1.625
1.375
1.375
1.625
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.375
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.625
1.875
1.625
1.875
1.875
1.625
1.625
1.875
1.625
1.875
1.875
1.875
1.875
2.125
1.875
1.875
2.125
717
924
1096
848
1059
1187
884
1096
1187
BK55
2BK50
2B5V56
773 BK60H
962 1B5V60
1106 2B5V54
2BK50
2B5V48
2B5V58
2BK50
2B5V56
2B5V58
779 1B5V60
976 2B5V52
1050 2B5V56
976 2B5V52
1050 2B5V56
1182 2B5V74
993 2B5V62
1134 2B5V80
1182 2B5V74
741 2B5V46
962 2B5V60
1134 2B5V80
930 2B5V58
1056 2B5V66
1182 2B5V74
1019
1134
1214
3B5V52
2B5V80
2B5V94
938 2B5V66
1087 3B5V58
1214 2B5V94
NOTES:
1. Motor shaft speed is 1750 rpm. The fan shaft diameter is 1 15 /
16
inches.
2. All indoor fan motors meet the minimum efficiency requirements as established by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT), effective
October 24, 1997.
5.3
5.7
7.5
6.3
8.1
7.5
4.4
5.7
5.9
6.1
5.3
5.7
MOTOR
SHEAVE
PITCH
DIAMETER
(in.)
4.9
4.4
5.7
5.4
6.1
5.5
4.4
4.9
5.9
5.3
8.1
9.4
6.7
5.9
9.4
4.7
6.1
8.1
5.9
6.7
7.5
BUSHING
DIAMETER
(in.)
FAN
SHEAVE
NONE — 1.125 1B5V124
NONE — 1.375
2B5V86
B — 1.625
2B5V90
H — 1.375
H — 1.375
B — 1.625
1B5V124
1B5V110
2B5V86
NONE — 1.375
2B5V94
B — 1.625
2B5V80
B — 1.625
2B5V86
H — 1.375
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
2B5V90
2B5V90
2B5V86
NONE — 1.375 1B5V136
B — 1.625
2B5V94
B — 1.625
2B5V94
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
B — 1.875
B — 1.625
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
2B5V94
2B5V94
2B5V110
2B5V110
2B5V124
2B5V110
B — 1.625
B — 1.625
B — 1.875
B — 1.625
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 2.125
B — 1.875
B — 1.875
B — 2.125
2B5V110
2B5V110
2B5V124
2B5V110
2B5V110
2B5V110
3B5V90
2B5V124
2B5V136
2B5V124
3B5V94
2B5V136
9.5
9.5
11.1
11.1
12.5
11.1
9.0
9.1
8.7
13.7
9.5
9.5
FAN
SHEAVE
PITCH
DIAMETER
(in.)
12.4
8.6
9.1
12.4
11.1
8.7
9.4
8.1
8.7
9.1
12.5
13.6
12.5
9.5
13.6
11.1
11.1
12.5
11.1
11.1
11.1
BUSHING
DIAMETER
(in.)
BELT
(Quantity)
B—1.9375
BX56
B—1.9375
(2) BX50
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX530
B—1.9375
B—1.9375
BX56
5VX570
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX530
B—1.9375
(2) BX50
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX500
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX530
B—1.9375
(2) BX50
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX530
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX530
B—1.9375
5VX610
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX530
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX550
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX530
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX550
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX590
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX570
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX630
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX590
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX550
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX570
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX630
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX570
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX590
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX590
B—1.9375
(3) 5VX530
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX630
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX650
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX610
B—1.9375
(3) 5VX550
B—1.9375
(2) 5VX650
BELT
TENSION
(lb at .25 in.)
11
11
13
11
12
12
12
10
11
10
11
11
8
10
11
8
9
11
10
11
9
8
8
9
13
14
14
12
14
15
14
13
15
Fig. 18 — Air Distribution — Thru-the-Bottom Fig. 19 — Air Distribution — Thru-the-Side
27
Step 5 — Install Flue Hood
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 AND 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048
UNITS — Flue hood is shipped inside gas section of unit. To install, secure flue hood to access panel. See Fig. 20A.
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 AND 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068
UNITS — Flue hood and wind baffle are shipped inside gas section of unit. To install, secure flue hood to access panel. Install the two pieces of the wind baffle over the flue hood. See
Fig. 20B.
NOTE: When properly installed, flue hood will line up with combustion fan housing. See Fig. 21.
Fig. 21 — Combustion Fan Housing Location
Step 6 — Trap Condensate Drain —
See Fig. 5-16 for drain location. Condensate drain is open to atmosphere and must be trapped. Install a trapped drain at the drain location.
One 1-in. FPT coupling is provided inside the unit evaporator section for condensate drain connection. A trap at least 4-in.
deep must be used. See Fig. 22. Trap must be installed to prevent freeze-up.
Condensate pans are sloped so that water will completely drain from the condensate pan to comply with indoor air quality guidelines. The condensate drain pans are not insulated.
Fig. 20A — Flue Hood Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 Units)
GAS SECTION
ACCESS PANEL
FLUE HOOD
WIND
BAFFLE
TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW
Fig. 20B — Flue Hood Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 Units)
Fig. 22 — Condensate Drain Trap Piping Details
(Typical Roof Curb or Slab Mount Shown)
Step 7 — Install Gas Piping —
Unit is equipped for use with natural gas. Installation must conform with local building codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1.
Install manual gas shutoff valve with a 1 /
8
-in. NPT pressure tap for test gage connection at unit. Field gas piping must include sediment trap and union. See Fig. 23. An 1 /
8
-in. NPT is also located on the gas manifold adjacent to the gas valve.
Do not pressure test gas supply while connected to unit.
Always disconnect union before servicing.
28
IMPORTANT: Natural gas pressure at unit gas connection must not be less than 5 in. wg or greater than 13.5 in. wg.
Size gas-supply piping for 0.5-in. wg maximum pressure drop. Do not use supply pipe smaller than unit gas connection.
Fig. 23 — Field Gas Piping
OPTIONAL STAGED GAS UNITS — The staging pattern is selected based on Heat Stage Type (HTSTGTYP). Max
Capacity per changes default value is selected based on Capacity Maximum Stage (CAPMXSTG). See Table 4.
For complete information and service instructions for
Staged Gas Control Units, see Control Operation and Troubleshooting literature.
Step 8 — Controls Options —
The control options that the units can provide are based on the following parameters: CV (constant volume) or VAV (variable air volume) operation; stand-alone unit with field-supplied sensors installed
(CV or VAV); as a system via Carrier Comfort System (TEMP or VVT® [Variable Volume and Temperature]); optional electronic expansion board installed (CV or VAV); linked to the
Carrier Comfort Network; availability of a computer and software (ComfortWORKS® Building Supervisor, and Service
Tool) or remote enhanced display accessory installed to access the base control board; and optional factory-installed staged gas control. See Table 5.
NOTE: Access to the base control board allows unit occupancy schedules, unit timeclock, and various set points to be changed from their factory-defined default settings.
NUMBER OF STAGES
5 stages
7 stages
9 stages
11 stages
Table 4 — 48A,E Series Staged Gas Implementation
3
E
A
E
A
E
A
E
A
E
A
MODEL NUMBER POSITION
5
S
6,7,8
024
028
030
034
038
044
048
S
T
020
025
027
030
035
040
050
038
044
048
T
T
T
T
T
S
S
060
054
058
064
068
060
020
025
027
030
054
058
064
068
035
040
050
024
028
030
034
HTSTGTYP
POSITION
CAPMXSTG
Default=1
Default=1
Default=1
Default=1
Default=2
Default=2
Default=3
Default=3
Default=4
Default=4
Default=20
Default=20
Default=20
Default=20
Default=15
Default=15
Default=15
Default=15
Default=15
Default=15
HEAT SIZE
Low
Low
High
High
High
Low
Low
High
High
High
29
Table 5 — Controls Options and Configurations (Non-Thermostat Applications)
UNIT CONFIGURATION
CV or VAV Unit with SPT Sensor
CV Unit with SPT Sensor and Remote
Start/Stop Switch
VAV Unit Remote Start/Stop Switch Only
DEFAULT COOLING
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)
Occupied Cooling — NA
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)
Occupied Cooling — 78 F (26 C) (SPT)
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C)(SPT)
Occupied Cooling — 55 F (13 C) SPT)
Unoccupied Cooling — 90 F (32 C) (SPT)
Occupied Cooling — 55 F (13 C) (SAT)
VAV Unit with SPT Sensor and Remote
Start/Stop Switch
LEGEND
CV
— Constant Volume
NA
— Not Available
RAT
— Return-Air Temperature
SAT
— Supply-Air Temperature
SPT
Space Temperature
VAV
— Variable Air Volume
*With DIP Switch No. 5 configured to OPEN (Occupied Heat Enabled).
NOTE: Space temperature sensor and remote start/stop switch are field-supplied.
DEFAULT HEATING
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (SPT)
Occupied Heating — NA
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (SPT)
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (SPT)
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13 C) (RAT)
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (RAT)*
Unoccupied Heating — 55 F (13C) (SPT)
Occupied Heating — 68 F (20 C) (RAT)*
STAGED GAS UNIT APPLICATIONS — The rooftop units may be ordered with an optional factory-installed staged gas control system that monitors heating operation of the rooftop unit.
IMPORTANT: An accessory field-supplied Navigator display module is required for all staged gas control units.
Install Supply-Air Thermistors (Staged Gas Units Only) —
Supply-air thermistors are a field-installed factory-provided component. Three supply-air thermistors are shipped with staged gas units and are inside the heating section. Thermistor wires must be connected to SGC (staged gas controller) in the heating section. See Table 6 and Fig 24. The supply-air thermistors should be located in the supply duct with the following criteria:
• downstream of the heat exchanger cells
• equally spaced as far as possible from the heat exchanger cells
• a duct location where none of the supply air thermistors are within sight of the heat exchanger cells
• a duct location with good mixed supply air portion of the unit.
THERMISTORS — All units are equipped with a supply air thermistor (SAT) located in the supply fan discharge and an outdoor air thermistor (OAT) located in the outdoor air hood.
Variable air volume (VAV) units are supplied with a return air thermistor (RAT) located on the return air damper support.
CONSTANT VOLUME APPLICATIONS — The units, as shipped, are operable as stand-alone units, using either a standard (mechanical or electronic) 2-stage heat, 2-stage cool thermostat, or with an electronic room sensor and a timeclock to establish unit start and stop times.
With a standard thermostat (programmable is optional), heating and cooling operation is set by space temperature.
With a space sensor and timeclock, the machine will operate at default values unless they are changed using appropriate input devices. The space sensor senses space temperature and may be equipped with a timed override feature, which allows unit operation during unoccupied periods.
The space sensors may be used in multiples of 4 or 9 to achieve space temperature averaging. The use of a space sensor also allows the unit to be turned on and off from a remote signal.
THERMISTOR
SAT 1
SAT 2
SAT 3
PIN
CONNECTION
POINT
J8 – 1,2 (SGC)
J8 – 3,4 (SGC)
J8 – 5,6 (SGC)
Table 6 — Thermistor Designations
FUNCTION AND LOCATION
Thermistors
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)
Supply Air Thermistor (SAT) — Inserted into supply section underneath the gas heat section (factory-provided, field-installed)
PART NO.
HH79NZ016
30
Fig. 24 — Supply-Air Thermistor Connections
Features with Thermostat Control of Unit
• two-stage heating
• two-stage cooling
• control of unit using Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G thermostat inputs
• control of the indoor fan
• outdoor-air temperature/supply-air temperature monitoring
• control of an outdoor air condenser fan based on outdoor-air temperature
• control of modulating economizer damper to provide free cooling when outdoor conditions are suitable, using supply-air temperature as a control point
• control of the economizer damper and indoor fan to obtain unoccupied free cooling
• provide power exhaust output to an external power exhaust controller
• support a field test for field checkout
• control of 2 stages of CV power exhaust
• compressor Time Guard® (power up, minimum off and on times)
• compressor lockout during low supply-air temperature
Additional features are provided by accessing the standard unit control board via software with a computer. These features are:
• electronic expansion board features (if installed)
• control board diagnostics
• ability to change supply air set point (economizer control)
• ability to change high outdoor temperature lockout set point (economizer control)
• ability to change power exhaust set points
NOTE: A CV unit without a thermostat requires a fieldsupplied sensor for operation.
Features with Sensor Control of Unit (Stand-Alone Applications — Unit control is limited to CV unoccupied default set points, 90 F for cooling, 55 F for heating unless a computer has been used to change the set points. There are 2 sensor options available:
• T-55 sensor will monitor room temperature and provide unoccupied override capability (1 hour)
• T-56 sensor will monitor room temperature, provide unoccupied override capability (1 hour), and provide a temperature offset of 5° F.
Standard features are:
• support of remote occupied/unoccupied input to start and stop the unit
• cooling capacity control of 3 stages using economizer and 2 compressors to maintain space temperature to an occupied or unoccupied set point
• enable heating or cooling during unoccupied periods as required to maintain space temperature within the unoccupied set points
• adjustment of space temperature set points of ±5° F when using a T-56 sensor
• provides CCN (Carrier Comfort Network) IAQ (Indoor-
Air Quality) participation
• control of modulating economizer damper to maintain indoor air quality (IAQ) when outdoor conditions are suitable (this function is provided in the base unit controls on units with serial number 0600F or later)
NOTE: The IAQ sensor must be set for current output (4 to
20 mA), not voltage output. Ensure the jumper on the sensor is in the upper position. See Fig. 25.
Additional features with sensor control of unit (with computer access or Remote Enhanced Display) are:
• 365-day timeclock with backup (supports minute, hour, day of week, date, month, and year)
• daylight savings time function
• occupancy control with 8 periods for unit operation
• holiday table containing up to 18 holiday schedules
• ability to initiate timed override from T-55 or T-56 sensors for a timed period of 1 to 4 hours
• ability to use multiple space temperature sensors to average the space temperature
• supply-air temperature reset for the supply-air temperature set point
• temperature compensated start to calculate early start times before occupancy
• access to the Display, Maintenance, Configuration, Service, and Set Point data tables through network software
• loadshed and demand limiting
When the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space temperature sensor and a remote contact closure (remote start/ stop) on the base control board, the occupied default set points will monitor unit operation. The occupied default set points are
78 F cooling and 68 F heating (if heating is present). See
Fig. 26 for remote start/stop wiring.
NOTE: For units with a field-supplied space temperature sensor which have not had the base unit control board accessed via software to set an occupancy schedule, the remote start/ stop closure will allow the unit to operate in the pre-configured occupied default set points of 78 F cooling and 68 F heating.
Without this feature, the unit will control to the unoccupied default set points of 90 F cooling and 55 F heating.
31
R
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G
C
X
JUMPER CONNECTION
FOR VOLTAGE OUTPUT
JUMPER CONNECTION
FOR CURRENT OUTPUT
Fig. 25 — Indoor Air Quality Sensor Configuration
REMOTE
START/STOP
SWITCH
(FIELD-SUPPLIED)
CONTROL
BOX
LEGEND
Field Supplied Wiring
Fig. 26 — Field Control Remote Start/Stop
An electronic expansion board may be field-installed to provide the following features:
• provide discrete inputs for fan status, filter status, fieldapplied status, and demand limit
• provide an output for the external alarm light indicator
• provide power exhaust fire outputs for direct control of modulated power exhaust stages during fire or smoke modes
• control of smoke control modes including evacuation, smoke purge, pressurization, and fire shutdown (modulating power exhaust required)
When the unit is connected to the CCN (Carrier Comfort
Network), the following expansion board features can be utilized:
• perform Demand Limit functions based on CCN loadshed commands or the state of the discrete input
• alarm monitoring of all key parameters
• CCN protocol
32
See Carrier TEMP or VVT® (Variable Volume and Temperature) literature for complete TEMP (single zone) or VVT
(multi-zone) application information.
Features with Sensor Control of Unit (Network Applications) — The base control board provides, as standard, a connection for use with a Carrier VVT system and can also be integrated into a Carrier Comfort Network.
When the unit is accessed via a PC equipped with
ComfortWORKS®, Building Supervisor, Service Tool software, or accessory Remote Enhanced Display, the following features can be accessed:
• on-board timeclock can be programmed
• occupancy schedules can be programmed
• unit set points can be changed
• alarms can be monitored
This access is available on the base control board via a
RJ-11 phone jack or a 3-wire connection to the communication bus. See Fig. 27. The timeclock has a 10-hour minimum backup time to provide for unit power off for servicing unit or during unexpected power outages. For complete Carrier Comfort
System (CCS) or Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) features and benefits, refer to the product literature.
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) APPLICATIONS
Features with Stand-Alone Applications — The units, as shipped, are operable as stand-alone units with the addition of a timeclock to establish unit start and stop times.
Heating and cooling in both on and off modes is controlled to default values by the base unit control. Set points may be changed with appropriate input devices.
The control has an on-board occupancy schedule which can be set using an input device and eliminates the need for an external timeclock.
During both the on and off periods, cooling operation is controlled to the supply air setting and heating is controlled to the return air setting (or to the optional space temperature sensor). During the on period, the supply fan runs continuously.
During the off period, the supply fan will be activated if the return air sensor is outside of the set points and will run long enough to accurately sample the space temperature. The supply fan will then continue to run until any heating or cooling load is satisfied, at which point it will turn off.
The use of a space sensor will allow for supply air reset to conserve energy and maintain comfort. If equipped with an override feature, the sensor will allow operation during the off period for a fixed length of time.
Base unit control supports a Heat Interlock Relay (field supplied) to fully open the VAV terminal devices during heating operation.
Standard features of a VAV unit with a remote start/stop switch are:
• control board diagnostics
• control of an outdoor condenser fan based upon outdoor air temperature
• control of modulating economizer to provide free cooling when outdoor conditions are suitable, using supplyair temperature as a set point
• support of remote occupied/unoccupied input to start or stop the unit
• provide power exhaust output to an external power exhaust controller
• support supply-air temperature reset to offset supply air set point
• support a field test for field check out
• support linkage to DAV (digital air volume) systems
• cooling capacity control of up to 6 stages plus economizer with compressors and unloaders to maintain supply air temperature set point during occupied periods
• control of one stage of heat to maintain return-air temperature at heating set point during occupied periods
• provide a variable frequency drive high voltage relay output to enable VFD
• control of heat interlock relay
• IAQ (Indoor Air Quality) sensor
• OAQ (Outdoor Air Quality) sensor
• DX compressor lockout occurs at 45 F outdoor air temperature and is factory-enabled on units with serial number 0600F or later. This feature may be disabled through the use of a computer
• compressor Time Guard® override (power up, minimum off and on times)
With the addition of a remote start/stop switch heating or cooling is enabled during unoccupied periods as required to maintain space temperature to within unoccupied set points.
Occupied heating is enabled or disabled by the position of
DIP (dual in-line package) switch no. 5.
Additional features may be provided with Electronic Access to Unit Control Board. These features are:
• additional control board diagnostics
• electronic expansion board features (if installed)
• control of the economizer damper and indoor fan to obtain unoccupied free cooling
• 365-day timeclock with backup (supports minute, hour, day, month, and year)
• holiday table containing up to 18 holiday schedules
• occupancy control with 8 periods for unit operation
• support a set of display, maintenance, configuration, service, and set point data tables for interface with Building
Supervisor, ComfortWORKS®, or Service Tool software or accessory remote enhanced display
• CCN IAQ/OAQ (outdoor air quality) participation
When a VAV unit with a space temperature sensor is accessed via a computer, the following additional features are available:
• ability to initiate timed override from T-55 sensors
• temperature compensated start to calculate early start time before occupancy
• provide space temperature reset to reset the supply air set point upward when the temperature falls below the occupied cooling set point
An electronic expansion board may be field-installed to provide the following features:
• fan status
• filter status
• field-applied status
• demand limiting
• alarm light
• fire unit shutdown
• fire pressurization
• fire evacuation
• fire smoke purge
When the unit is connected to the CCN (Carrier Comfort
Network), the following features can be utilized:
• CCN demand limit participation
• modulated power exhaust override
• ability to use multiple space temperature sensors (multiples of 4 and 9 only) to average space temperature (CV and VAV only)
A field-supplied T-55 space temperature sensor can be added to monitor room temperature and provide unoccupied override capability (1 hour).
When the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space temperature sensor and a remote contact closure (remote start/stop) the occupied default set points will monitor unit operation. The occupied default set points are 55 F (supply-air temperature) cooling and 68 F (return-air temperature) heating.
See Fig. 26 for remote start/stop wiring.
NOTE: For units without a space temperature sensor and which have not had the base unit control board accessed via software to set an occupancy schedule, the remote start/stop closure will allow the unit to operate in the pre-configured occupied default set points of 55 F (supply-air temperature) cooling and 68 F (return-air temperature) heating. Without an occupancy schedule, the unit will control to the unoccupied default set points of 90 F (return-air temperature) cooling and
55 F (return-air temperature) heating.
Features with Network Applications — The base control board provides, as standard, a connection for use with a Carrier
Comfort System and can also be integrated into a Carrier Comfort Network (CCN). When the unit is accessed via a PC equipped with ComfortWORKS, Building Supervisor, or Service Tool software or Remote Enhanced Display accessory, the following features can be accessed:
• on-board timeclock can be programmed
• occupancy schedules can be programmed
• unit set points can be changed
• alarms can be monitored
This access is available on the base control board via a
RJ-11 phone jack or a 3-wire connection to the communication bus. See Fig. 27. The internal timeclock has a 10-hour minimum back-up time to provide for unit power off for servicing unit or during unexpected power outages. For complete Carrier
Comfort System (CCS) or Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) features and benefits, refer to the product literature.
Step 9 — Make Electrical Connections
POWER WIRING — Units are factory wired for the voltage shown on the unit nameplate.
When installing units, provide a disconnect per NEC
(National Electrical Code) of adequate size (MOCP [maximum overcurrent protection] of unit is on the informative plate). All field wiring must comply with NEC and all local codes and requirements. Size wire based on MCA (minimum circuit amps) on the unit informative plate. See Fig. 28 for power wiring connections to the unit power terminal block and equipment ground.
The main power terminal block is suitable for use with aluminum or copper wire. See Fig. 28. Units have circuit breakers for compressors, fan motors, and control circuit. If required by local codes, provide an additional disconnect switch. Whenever external electrical sources are used, unit must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes, or in absence of local codes, with NEC, ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C1-latest year.
FIELD POWER SUPPLY — Unit is factory wired for voltage shown on unit nameplate. See Table 7 and 8 for electrical data.
Field wiring can be brought into the unit from bottom
(through basepan and roof curb) or through side of unit (corner post next to control box).
A 3 1 /
2
-in. NPT coupling for field power wiring and a 3 /
In the side post, there are two 2 1 /
2
4
-in.
NPT coupling for 24-v control wiring are provided in basepan.
-in. (48A020-030 and
48E024-034) or 3-in. (48A035-060 and 48E038-068) knockouts for the field power wiring. See Fig. 5-16. If control wiring is to be brought in through the side of unit, a 7 /
8
-in. diameter hole is provided in the condenser side post next to the control box.
If disconnect box is mounted to corner post, be careful not to drill any screws into the condenser coil.
33
34
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
020
025
NOMINAL
VOLTAGE
(3 PH, 60 Hz)
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
VOLTAGE RANGE
Min
187
414
518
187
414
518
Max
253
508
632
253
508
632
LEGEND
FLA
— Full Load Amps
HACR — Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
IFM
— Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
LRA
— Locked Rotor Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection
NEC — National Electrical Code
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
RLA
— Rated Load Amps
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
39.1
19.9
16
39.1
19.9
16
COMPRESSOR
No. 1
228
114
91
228
114
91
No. 2
25.6
11.5
9.6
39.1
19.9
16
160
80
64
256
114
91
2
2
2
2
2
2
OFM
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
7.5
10
15
7.5
10
15
7.5
10
15
IFM
FLA
16.7/15.2
30.8/28.0
46.2/42.0
7.6
14
21
6.1
11
17
24.2/22.0
30.8/28.0
46.2/42.0
11
14
21
9
11
17
POWER
EXHAUST
POWER
SUPPLY
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
FLA
(total)
—
MCA MOCP*
101.8/100.3
125/125
23.6/23.6
125.4/123.9
150/150
— 115.9/113.1
150/150
23.6/23.6
139.5/136.7
175/175
— 133.1/127.8
175/150
23.6/23.6
156.7/151.4
200/175
— 49.4
60
62.0
55.8
68.4
63.1
75.7
40.5
53.1
45.4
90
50
60
60
80
70
80
80
12.6
—
12.6
—
58.0
51.7
70
60
64.3
80
122.8/120.6
150/150
23.6/23.6
146.4/144.2
175/175
— 129.4/126.6
150/150
23.6/23.6
153.0/150.2
175/175
— 146.6/141.3
175/175
23.6/23.6
170.2/164.9
200/200
— 61.2
80
12.6
—
73.8
64.2
90
80
12.6
—
12.6
—
76.8
71.5
84.1
49.8
90
90
100
60
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
62.4
51.8
64.4
58.1
70.7
70
60
80
70
80
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
452 + 464 + 455
3
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
= 100 x max voltage deviation from average voltage average voltage
=
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
7
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.
35
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
027
030
NOMINAL
VOLTAGE
(3 PH, 60 Hz)
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
VOLTAGE RANGE
Min
187
414
518
187
414
518
Max
253
508
632
253
508
632
LEGEND
FLA
— Full Load Amps
HACR — Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
IFM
— Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
LRA
— Locked Rotor Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection
NEC — National Electrical Code
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
RLA
— Rated Load Amps
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
16
COMPRESSOR
No. 1
39.1
19.9
57.1
25.6
20.5
256
114
91
266
120
96
No. 2
39.1
19.9
16
39.1
19.9
16
256
114
91
228
114
91
2
2
2
2
2
2
OFM
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
IFM
FLA
30.8/28.0
46.2/42.0
59.4/54.0
14
21
27
11
17
22
30.8/28.0
46.2/42.0
59.4/54.0
14
21
27
11
17
22
POWER
EXHAUST
POWER
SUPPLY
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
FLA
(total)
—
MCA MOCP*
129.4/126.6
150/150
23.6/23.6
153.0/150.2
175/175
— 146.6/141.3
175/175
23.6/23.6
170.2/164.9
200/200
— 163.1/156.3
200/200
23.6/23.6
186.7/179.9
225/225
— 64.2
80
76.8
71.5
84.1
79.0
91.6
51.8
64.4
58.1
90
90
100
100
110
60
80
70
12.6
—
12.6
—
70.7
64.3
80
80
76.9
90
151.9/149.1
200/200
23.6/23.6
175.5/172.7
225/225
— 167.3/163.1
200/200
23.6/23.6
190.9/186.7
225/225
— 181.1/175.1
225/225
23.6/23.6
204.7/198.7
250/250
— 71.3
90
12.6
—
83.9
78.3
100
100
12.6
—
12.6
—
90.9
84.7
97.3
57.4
110
110
110
70
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
70.0
63.4
76.0
68.8
81.4
90
80
90
90
100
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
452 + 464 + 455
3
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
= 100 x max voltage deviation from average voltage average voltage
=
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
7
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.
36
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
035
040
NOMINAL
VOLTAGE
(3 PH, 60 Hz)
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
VOLTAGE RANGE
Min
187
414
518
187
414
518
Max
253
508
632
253
508
632
LEGEND
FLA
— Full Load Amps
HACR — Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
IFM
— Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
LRA
— Locked Rotor Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection
NEC — National Electrical Code
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
RLA
— Rated Load Amps
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
COMPRESSOR
No. 1
57.1
25.6
20.5
57.1
25.6
20.5
266
120
96
266
120
96
No. 2
57.1
25.6
20.5
69.2
28.8
26.7
266
120
96
345
173
120
4
4
4
4
4
4
OFM
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
15
20
25
15
20
25
15
20
25
IFM
FLA
30.8/28.0
46.2/42.0
59.4/54.0
14
21
27
11
17
22
46.2/42.0
59.4/54.0
74.8/68.0
21
27
34
17
22
27
POWER
EXHAUST
POWER
SUPPLY
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
FLA
(total)
—
MCA MOCP*
180.5/177.7
225/225
23.6/23.6
204.1/201.3
250/250
— 195.9/191.7
250/225
23.6/23.6
219.5/215.3
250/250
— 209.7/203.7
250/250
23.6/23.6
233.3/227.3
250/250
— 82.4
100
95.0
89.4
102.0
95.8
108.4
66.7
79.3
72.7
110
110
125
110
125
80
90
90
12.6
—
12.6
—
85.3
78.1
100
100
90.7
110
211.0/206.8
250/250
23.6/23.6
234.6/230.4
300/250
— 224.2/218.8
250/250
23.6/23.6
247.8/242.4
300/300
— 241.0/232.8
300/300
23.6/23.6
264.6/256.4
300/300
— 93.4
110
12.6
—
106.0
99.4
125
125
12.6
—
12.6
—
112.0
107.7
120.3
80.5
125
125
150
100
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
93.1
85.5
98.1
90.6
103.2
110
110
110
110
125
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
452 + 464 + 455
3
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
= 100 x max voltage deviation from average voltage average voltage
=
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
7
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.
37
Table 7 — Electrical Data — 48AJ,AK,AW,AY Units (cont)
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,
AW,AY
050
060
NOMINAL
VOLTAGE
(3 PH, 60 Hz)
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
VOLTAGE RANGE
Min
187
414
518
187
414
518
Max
253
508
632
253
508
632
LEGEND
FLA
— Full Load Amps
HACR — Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
IFM
— Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
LRA
— Locked Rotor Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection
NEC — National Electrical Code
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
RLA
— Rated Load Amps
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
69.2
28.8
26.7
82.1
43.6
34.6
COMPRESSOR
No. 1
345
173
120
446
223
164
No. 2
69.2
28.8
26.7
82.1
43.6
34.6
345
173
120
446
223
164
4
4
4
6
6
6
OFM
RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty FLA Hp
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
5.3
(ea)
2.7
(ea)
2.4
(ea)
20
25
30
20
25
30
20
25
30
25
30
40
25
30
40
25
30
40
IFM
FLA
59.4/54.0
74.8/68.0
88/80.0
27
34
40
22
27
32
74.8/68.0
88/80.0
114/104
34
40
52
27
32
41
POWER
EXHAUST
POWER
SUPPLY
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
12.6
—
FLA
(total)
—
MCA MOCP*
236.3/230.9
300/300
23.6/23.6
259.9/254.5
300/300
— 253.1/244.9
300/300
23.6/23.6
276.7/268.5
350/300
— 269.6/259.6
350/300
23.6/23.6
293.2/283.2
350/350
— 102.6
125
115.2
110.9
123.5
118.4
131.0
91.7
104.3
96.8
125
125
150
150
150
110
125
110
12.6
—
12.6
—
109.4
103.0
125
125
115.6
125
291.3/284.5
350/350
35.4/35.4
326.7/319.9
400/400
— 306.0/296.5
350/350
35.4/35.4
341.4/331.9
400/400
— 338.5/326.0
450/400
35.4/35.4
373.9/361.4
450/450
— 148.3
175
18.9
—
167.2
154.3
200
175
18.9
—
18.9
—
173.2
168.4
187.3
119.3
200
200
225
150
18.9
—
18.9
—
18.9
138.2
124.3
143.2
134.9
153.8
150
150
175
175
175
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
452 + 464 + 455
3
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
= 100 x max voltage deviation from average voltage average voltage
=
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
7
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.
38
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units
UNIT
SIZE
48EJ,EK,
EW,EY
NOMNAL
VOLTAGE
(3 Ph,
60 Hz)
VOLTAGE
RANGE
COMPRESSOR
No. 1 No. 2
OFM
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp
FLA
(ea)
024
028
030
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
187
414
518
187
414
518
187
414
518
254
508
632
254
508
632
254
508
632
39.1
19.9
16.0
39.1
19.9
16.0
57.1
25.6
20.5
228
114
91
228
114
91
266
120
96
25.6
11.5
9.6
39.1
19.9
16.0
39.1
19.9
16.0
160
80
64
228
114
91
228
114
91
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5.3
2.7
2.4
5.3
2.7
2.4
5.3
2.7
2.4
IFM
POWER
EXHAUST
Hp FLA FLA LRA
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
7.5
10
15
7.5
10
15
7.5
10
15
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
16.7/
15.2
30.8/
28.0
46.2/
42.0
7.6
14.0
21.0
6.1
11.0
17.0
24.2/
22.0
30.8/
28.0
46.2/
42.0
11.0
14.0
21.0
9.0
11.0
17.0
30.8/
28.0
46.2/
42.0
59.4/
54.0
14.0
21.0
27.0
11.0
17.0
22.0
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
See Legend and Notes on page 42.
COMBUSTION
FAN MOTOR
FLA
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
POWER SUPPLY
MCA MOCP*
101.8/100.3 125/125
125.4/123.9 150/150
115.9/113.1 150/150
139.5/136.7 175/175
131.3/127.1 150/150
154.9/150.7 175/175
49.4
60
62.0
55.8
68.4
62.8
75.4
40.5
53.1
45.4
90
50
60
60
80
70
80
80
58.0
51.4
70
60
64.0
80
122.8/120.6 150/150
146.4/144.2 175/175
129.4/126.6 150/150
153.0/150.2 175/175
144.8/140.6 175/175
168.4/164.2 200/200
61.2
80
73.8
64.2
90
80
76.8
71.2
83.8
49.8
90
90
100
60
62.4
51.8
64.4
57.8
70
60
80
70
70.4
80
151.9/149.1 200/200
175.5/172.7 225/225
167.3/163.1 225/225
190.9/186.7 225/225
180.5/175.1 225/225
204.1/198.7 250/250
71.3
90
83.9
78.3
90.9
84.3
100
100
110
100
96.9
57.4
70.0
63.4
76.0
68.4
81.0
110
70
90
80
90
80
100
39
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
UNIT
SIZE
48EJ,EK,
EW,EY
NOMNAL
VOLTAGE
(3 Ph,
60 Hz)
VOLTAGE
RANGE
COMPRESSOR
No. 1 No. 2
OFM
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp
FLA
(ea)
IFM
POWER
EXHAUST
Hp FLA FLA LRA
034
038
044
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
187
414
518
187
414
518
187
414
518
254
508
632
254
508
632
254
508
632
57.1
25.6
20.5
57.1
25.6
20.5
69.2
28.8
26.7
266
120
96
266
120
96
345
173
120
57.1
25.6
20.5
57.1
25.6
20.5
69.2
28.8
26.7
266
120
96
266
120
96
345
173
120
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5.3
2.7
2.4
5.3
2.7
2.4
5.3
2.7
2.4
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
10
15
20
15
20
25
15
20
25
15
20
25
30.8/
28.0
46.2/
42.0
59.4/
54.0
14.0
21.0
27.0
11.0
17.0
22.0
30.8/
28.0
46.2/
42.0
59.4/
54.0
14.0
21.0
27.0
11.0
17.0
22.0
46.2/
42.0
59.4/
54.0
74.8/
68.0
21.0
27.0
34.0
17.0
22.0
27.0
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
23.6
41.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
12.6
23.6
— —
See Legend and Notes on page 42.
COMBUSTION
FAN MOTOR
FLA
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
POWER SUPPLY
MCA MOCP*
169.9/167.1 225/200
193.5/190.7 250/225
185.3/181.1 200/200
208.9/204.7 250/250
198.5/193.1 250/250
222.1/216.7 275/250
77.0
100
89.6
84.0
96.6
90.0
102.6
61.9
74.5
67.9
110
100
110
110
125
80
90
80
80.5
72.9
100
90
85.5
100
180.5/177.7 225/225
204.1/201.3 250/250
195.9/191.7 250/225
219.5/215.3 275/250
209.1/203.7 250/250
232.7/227.3 275/275
82.4
100
95.0
89.4
110
110
102.0
95.4
108.0
66.7
125
110
125
80
79.3
72.7
85.3
77.7
90
90
100
90
90.3
110
223.1/218.9 275/275
246.7/242.5 300/300
236.3/230.9 300/300
259.9/254.5 300/300
251.7/244.9 300/300
275.3/268.5 300/300
96.6
125
109.2
102.6
115.2
109.6
125
125
125
125
122.2
86.7
99.3
91.7
104.3
96.7
109.3
150
110
125
110
125
110
125
40
460
575
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
UNIT
SIZE
48EJ,EK,
EW,EY
NOMNAL
VOLTAGE
(3 Ph,
60 Hz)
VOLTAGE
RANGE
COMPRESSOR
No. 1 No. 2
OFM
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp
FLA
(ea)
Hp
IFM
FLA
208/230 187 254 82.1
446 69.2
345 4 1 5.3
20
25
30
59.4/
54.0
74.8/
68.0
88.0/
80.0
048
054
058
460
575
20
414 508 42.3
223 28.8
173 4 1 2.7
25
30
20
518 632 34.6
164 26.7
120 4 1 2.4
25
30
15
208/230 187 254 82.1
446 69.2
345 4 1 5.3
20
460
575
25
15
414 508 43.6
223 30.8
173 4 1 2.7
20
25
15
518 632 34.6
164 26.9
120 4 1 2.4
20
25
20
208/230 187 254 106.4 506 69.2
345 6 1 5.3
25
30
20
414 508 52.6
253 30.8
173 6 1 2.7
25
30
20
518 632 40.4
176 26.9
120 6 1 2.4
25
30
27.0
34.0
40.0
22.0
27.0
32.0
46.2/
42.0
59.4/
54.0
74.8/
68.0
21.0
27.0
34.0
17.0
22.0
27.0
59.4/
54.0
74.6/
68.0
88.0/
80.0
27.0
34.0
40.0
22
27
32
POWER
EXHAUST
COMBUSTION
FAN MOTOR
FLA LRA
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
23.6 41.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
12.6 23.6
— —
FLA
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.5
POWER SUPPLY
MCA MOCP*
252.4/247.0 300/300
276.0/270.6 300/300
267.8/261.0 300/300
291.4/284.6 300/300
281.0/273.0 300/300
304.6/296.6 350/300
119.5
150
132.1
126.5
139.1
132.5
145.1
101.6
114.2
106.6
150
150
175
150
175
125
125
125
119.2
111.6
150
125
124.2
150
239.2/235.0 300/300
274.6/270.4 350/350
252.4/247.0 300/300
287.8/282.4 350/350
267.8/261.0 300/300
303.2/296.4 350/350
117.1
150
136.0
123.1
175
150
142.0
130.1
149.0
96.8
175
150
175
125
115.7
101.8
120.7
106.8
150
125
150
125
125.7
150
293.4/288.0 350/350
328.8/323.4 400/400
308.6/302.0 400/400
344.0/337.4 450/400
322.0/314.0 400/400
357.4/349.4 450/450
139.7
175
158.6
146.7
165.6
152.7
200
175
200
200
171.6
113.8
132.7
118.8
137.7
123.8
142.7
200
150
150
150
175
150
175
See Legend and Notes on page 42.
41
Table 8 — Electrical Data — 48EJ,EK,EW,EY Units (cont)
UNIT
SIZE
48EJ,EK,
EW,EY
064
068
NOMNAL
VOLTAGE
(3 Ph,
60 Hz)
VOLTAGE
RANGE
COMPRESSOR
No. 1 No. 2
OFM
Min Max RLA LRA RLA LRA Qty Hp
FLA
(ea)
IFM
POWER
EXHAUST
Hp FLA FLA LRA
208/230
460
575
208/230
460
575
187
414
518
187
414
518
254
508
632
254
508
632
106.4
52.6
40.4
106.4
52.6
40.4
506
253
176
506
253
176
82.1
43.6
34.6
106.4
52.6
40.4
446
223
164
506
253
176
6
6
6
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
5.3
2.7
2.4
5.3
2.7
2.4
25
30
40
25
30
40
25
30
40
25
30
40
25
30
40
25
30
40
74.6/
68.0
88.0/
80.0
114.0/
104.0
34.0
40.0
52.0
27.0
32.0
41.0
74.6/
68.0
88.0/
80.0
114.0/
104.0
34.0
40.0
52.0
27
32
41
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
35.4 62.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
18.9 35.4
— —
LEGEND
FLA
— Full Load Amps
HACR — Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
IFM
— Indoor (Evaporator) Fan Motor
LRA
— Locked Rotor Amps
MCA — Minimum Circuit Amps
MOCP— Maximum Overcurrent Protection
NEC — National Electrical Code
OFM — Outdoor (Condenser) Fan Motor
RLA
— Rated Load Amps
*Fuse or HACR circuit breaker per NEC.
or
COMBUSTION
FAN MOTOR
FLA
POWER SUPPLY
MCA
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
0.75
Example: Supply voltage is 460-3-60.
AB = 452 v
BC = 464 v
AC = 455 v
Average Voltage =
452 + 464 + 455
3
MOCP*
321.5/314.9 400/400
356.9/350.3 450/450
334.9/326.9 400/400
370.3/362.3 450/450
360.9/350.9 450/450
396.3/386.3 500/450
159.5
200
178.4
165.5
184.4
177.5
196.4
126.5
145.4
131.5
225
200
225
225
225
150
175
150
150.4
140.5
175
175
159.4
175
345.8/339.2 450/400
381.2/374.6 450/450
359.2/351.2 450/450
394.6/386.6 500/450
385.2/375.2 450/450
420.6/410.6 500/500
168.5
200
187.4
174.5
225
225
193.4
186.5
205.4
132.3
225
225
250
150
151.2
137.3
156.2
146.3
165.2
175
175
175
175
200
NOTES:
1. In compliance with NEC requirements for multimotor and combination load equipment (refer to NEC Articles 430 and 440), the overcurrent protective device for the unit shall be fuse or HACR breaker. The Canadian units may be fuse or circuit breaker.
2. Unbalanced 3-Phase Supply Voltage
Never operate a motor where a phase imbalance in supply volt-
age is greater than 2%. Use the following formula to determine the percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage imbalance
= 100 x max voltage deviation from average voltage average voltage
=
1371
3
= 457
Determine maximum deviation from average voltage.
(AB) 457 – 452 = 5 v
(BC) 464 – 457 = 7 v
(AC) 457 – 455 = 2 v
Maximum deviation is 7 v.
Determine percent of voltage imbalance.
% Voltage Imbalance = 100 x
7
457
= 1.53%
This amount of phase imbalance is satisfactory as it is below the maximum allowable 2%.
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.
42
Routing Through Bottom of Unit — If wiring is brought in through bottom of unit, use field-supplied watertight conduit to run power wiring from basepan out through bottom 3 1 /
2
-in.
hole to the disconnect box and back into unit to the main control box.
Use strain relief going into control box through 2 1 /
2
-in. diameter hole provided. After wires are in unit control box, connect to power terminal block (see Power Wiring section on page 33).
Low-voltage wiring must be run in watertight conduit from the basepan to control box and through 7 /
8
-in. diameter hole provided in bottom of unit control box. Field-supplied strain relief must be used going into the box. After wiring is in control box, make connections to proper terminals on terminal blocks
(see Field Control Wiring section on this page).
Install conduit connector in unit basepan as shown in
Fig. 5-16. Route power and ground lines through connector to terminal connections in unit control box as shown on unit wiring diagram and Fig. 28.
Routing Through Side of Unit — Route power wiring in field-supplied watertight conduit into unit through 2 1 /
2
-in. or
3-in. hole. See Fig. 28.
Use field-supplied strain relief going into control box through 2 1 /
2
-in. or 3-in. diameter hole provided. After wires are in unit control box, connect to power terminal block (see Power Wiring section on page 33).
7
Bring low-voltage control wiring through factory-drilled
/
8
-in. diameter hole in condenser side post. Use strain relief going into 7 /
8
-in. diameter hole in bottom of unit control box.
After wiring is in control box, make connection to proper terminals on terminal blocks (see Field Control Wiring section below).
IMPORTANT: The VAV (variable air volume) units use variable frequency drives, which generate, use and can radiate radio frequency energy. If units are not installed and used in accordance with these instructions, they may cause radio interference. They have been tested and found to comply with limits of a Class A computing device as defined by FCC (Federal Communications Commission) regulations, Subpart J of Part 15, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment.
The unit must be electrically grounded in accordance with local codes and NEC ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association).
Affix crankcase heater sticker (located in the installers packet) to unit disconnect switch.
Voltage to compressor terminals during compressor operation must be within the voltage range indicated on the unit nameplate. On 3-phase units, phases must be balanced within
2%.
Use the formula in Tables 7 and 8 to determine the percentage of voltage imbalance.
IMPORTANT: If the supply voltage phase imbalance is more than 2%, contact your local electric utility company immediately.
Unit failure as a result of operation on improper line voltage or excessive phase imbalance constitutes abuse and may cause damage to electrical components.
On 208/230-v units, transformer no. 1 is wired for 230-v. If
208/230-v unit is to be run with 208-v power supply, the transformer must be rewired as follows:
1. Remove cap from red (208 v) wire.
2. Remove cap from spliced orange (230 v) wire. Disconnect orange wire from black unit power wire.
3. Cap orange wire.
4. Splice red wire and black unit power wire. Cap wires.
IMPORTANT: BE CERTAIN UNUSED WIRES ARE
CAPPED. Failure to do so may damage the transformers.
FIELD CONTROL WIRING — Install either a Carrierapproved thermostat or a CCN (Carrier Comfort Network) compatible temperature sensor. Thermostats are used on CV
(constant volume) units only. Control box diagrams are shown in Fig. 29-31.
LEGEND
GND — Ground
NEC — National Electrical Code
TB
— Terminal Block
Fig. 28 — Field Power Wiring Connections
43
SENSOR CONNECTION
LOCATION
DIP SWITCHES
(FAR SIDE)
LEGEND
C
— Compressor/
Contactor
CB
— Circuit Breaker
CCB
— Control Circuit
CR
DIP
Breaker
— Control Relay
— Dual In-Line Package
EQUIP — Equipment
FU
— Fuse
GND
— Ground
HR
IFC
— Heater Relay
— Indoor-Fan Circuit
IFCB
— Indoor-Fan
Circuit Breaker
IFR
— Indoor-Fan Relay
NEC
— National Electrical
Code
OFC
— Outdoor-Fan
Contactor
PEC
— Power Exhaust
Controller
PES
— Power Exhaust
Sequencer
PESC
— Power Exhaust
TB
Sequencer Controller
— Terminal Block
TRAN — Transformer
SEE DETAIL A
R Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G C X
TB3
DETAIL A
(THERMOSTAT CONNECTION
LOCATION)
Fig. 29 — Control Box Diagram (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 Units)
44
TI
T2
T3
DETAIL B
(SENSOR CONNECTION
LOCATION)
SEE DETAIL B
C
CB
— Compressor/Contactor
— Circuit Breaker
CCB
— Control Circuit Breaker
CCN —
Carrier Comfort Network
CR
DIP
— Control Relay
— Dual In-Line Package
EQUIP — Equipment
LEGEND
FU
— Fuse
GND
— Ground
HR
IFC
— Heater Relay
—
Indoor-Fan Circuit
IFCB
— Indoor-Fan Circuit Breaker
IFR
— Indoor-Fan Relay
NEC
— National Electrical Code
Thermostat Wiring (CV Only) — Install a Carrier-approved accessory thermostat assembly (per current price pages) according to the installation instructions included with the accessory or these instructions. Locate the thermostat on a solid interior wall in the conditioned space to sense the average temperature.
Route the thermostat cable or equivalent single leads of colored wire from the subbase terminals to the low-voltage connection as shown on unit label wiring diagram and in
Fig. 32.
NOTE: For wire runs up to 50 ft, use no. 18 AWG (American
Wire Gage) insulated wire (35 C minimum). For 50 to 75 ft, use no. 16 AWG insulated wire (35 C minimum). For over
75 ft, use no. 14 AWG insulated wire (35 C minimum). All wire larger than no. 18 AWG cannot be directly connected at the thermostat and will require a junction box and splice at the thermostat.
Set heat anticipators to 0.1 for all voltages. Settings may be changed slightly to provide a greater degree of comfort for a particular installation.
Sensor Wiring (CV or VAV) — The temperature sensor is wired into the unit control board. See Fig. 33.
The unit is controlled with a T-55 or T-56 (CV only) zone sensor. Terminal TH (T-56) or T1 (T-55) on the sensor is connected to T1 of the base control board. Terminal COM (T-56) or T2 (T-55) on the sensor is connected to T2 on the base control board. If a T-56 set point override sensor is used, the override connection SW on the sensor is connected to T3 on the base control board.
R Y1 Y2 W1 W2 G C X
TB3
DETAIL A
(THERMOSTAT CONNECTION
LOCATION)
SEE DETAIL A
OFC
— Outdoor-Fan Contactor
PEC
— Power Exhaust Controller
PES
— Power Exhaust Sequencer
PESC —
Power Exhaust Sequencer Controller
SIO
TB
— Serial Input/Output
— Terminal Block
TRAN — Transformer
If more than sensor is being used and averaged, sensors must be wired in multiples of 4 or 9. See Fig. 34.
Heat Interlock Relay — VAV units require a field-supplied heat interlock relay (HIR) to drive the air terminal wide open when in heat mode. Heat Interlock relay part number is
HN61KK040. See Fig. 35 for HIR wiring.
Remote Field Control — A switch closure across terminals R and W1 on TB-3 will initiate the Occupied mode. This can be done manually as well as through a field-supplied timeclock.
Service Tool, Building Supervisor, and ComfortWORKS®
Software — Access to the control board can be achieved through the terminal marked CCN via a 3-wire bus.
IMPORTANT: The default bus address is 0. The default element number is 1. Refer to CCN literature for information on network addressing or changing CCN communication defaults.
Carrier Comfort Network Interface — The rooftop units can be connected to the CCN. The communication bus wiring is supplied and installed in the field. Wiring consists of shielded,
3-conductor cable with drain wire.
The system elements are connected to the communication bus in a daisy chain arrangement. The positive pin of each system element communication connector must be wired to the positive pins of the system element on either side of it, the negative pins must be wired to the negative pins, and the signal pins must be wired to signal ground pins. Wiring connections for CCN should be made at the 3-pin plug (CCN located at the base board). Consult CCN literature for further information.
45
46
Fig. 32 — Field Control Thermostat Wiring
NOTE: Sensor part numbers are as follows:
T-55 — CEC0121448-01
T-56 — CEC0121448-01
Fig. 33 — Field Control Temperature Sensor
Wiring (CV or VAV Units)
Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG minimum stranded, tinned copper. Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester 100% foil shield and an outer jacket of
PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of -20 C to 60 C (-4 F to 140 F) is required. Table 9 lists cables that meet the requirements.
Table 9 — CCN Connection Approved
Shielded Cables
MANUFACTURER
Alpha
American
Belden
Columbia
CABLE PART NO.
2413 or 5463
A22503
8772
02525
IMPORTANT: When connecting the CCN communication bus to a system element, use a color coding system for the entire network to simplify installation and checkout.
See Table 10.
Table 10 — Color Code Recommendations
SIGNAL
TYPE
Positive (+)
Ground
Negative (-)
CCN BUS CONDUCTOR
INSULATION COLOR
RED
WHITE
BLACK
CCN PLUG
PIN NO.
1
2
3
NOTE: If a cable with a different color scheme is selected, a similar color code should be adopted for the entire network.
At each system element, the shields of the communication bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the communication bus cable exits from one building and enters another, the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the building (one point per building only).
To connect the unit to the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (-) conductors. (If a different network color scheme is used, substitute appropriate colors.)
3. Remove the 3-pin male plug from the base control board in the main control box, and connect the wires as follows: a. Insert and secure the red (+) wire to terminal 1 of the 3-pin plug.
b. Insert and secure the white (ground) wire to terminal 2 of the 3-pin plug.
c. Insert and secure the black (-) wire to terminal 3 of the 3-pin plug.
4. Insert the plug into the existing 3-pin mating connector on the base module in the main control box.
47
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING — 4 SENSOR APPLICATION
TB2
2
BASE BOARD
T30
SPACE TEMPERATURE AVERAGING — 9 SENSOR APPLICATION
Fig. 34 — Space Temperature Averaging Wiring
HIR
Fig. 35 — Field HIR (Heat Interlock Relay) Wiring
Step 10 — Make Outdoor-Air Inlet Adjustments
ECONOMIZER
NOTE: If accessory power exhaust or barometric relief packages are being added to the unit, install power exhaust or barometric relief before installing economizer hoods.
Economizer Hood Assembly — The economizer hood is shipped in a package secured to the outside of the unit, behind the indoor access panel. The hood assemblies must be fieldassembled. The 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units are side supply and side return. The return duct limits access to economizer filters from below. Filter tracks (mounting angle without tabs) must be installed correctly to allow access to economizer filters from each side.
The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-
048 units have two hoods on every unit. Each hood has two lower filter tracks, one slotted side and one side without slots.
Construct the assembly so that the slotted side is adjacent to the other hood when mounted on the unit.
The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units have 3 hoods on every unit. Each hood has two lower filter tracks, one slotted side and one side without slots. Construct the two outer hood assemblies so that the slotted sides are adjacent to the center hood when mounted on the unit.
NOTE: Before assembly of the economizer hood, check along the outer edges of the economizer assembly for any seal strip protruding past the flanges. Trim the excess seal strip so that it is flush with the economizer assembly flanges.
48
Perform the following procedure to assemble the economizer hood.
1. Apply black seal strip (provided in package) to outside top-edge of hood sides. Wrap seal strip over edge to cover top flange (6 hood sides). Make sure seal strip covers screw holes. Allow strip to overhang 1 /
8
-in. past the end opposite the mounting flange. See Fig. 36.
2. Assemble hood sides, top, and cross member with gasketed screws provided. See Fig. 37.
3. Attach 15 green speed clips (provided) to hood top.
4. Apply black seal strip (provided) to mounting flanges of hood sides being sure to cover mounting holes. See
Fig. 38.
NOTE: Each hood assembly has one hood side with slots and one hood side without slots. On the 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 units, the two outer hood assemblies must have the hood sides with the slots located adjacent to each other when mounted on the unit. On the
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units, the two outer hood assemblies must have the hood sides with the slots located adjacent to the center hood. The center hood assembly should have hood side with slots located on the left side.
5. Apply black seal strip (provided) to back of hood top mounting flange. Seal strip of hood top mounting flange must press tightly against seal strip of hood side mounting flanges. See Fig. 39.
6. Add gray foam strip (provided in package) to cross members on bottom tray. See Fig. 40.
7. Place gray foam strip (provided) on inside of slotted hood side between filter and cross member opposite the mounting end. See Fig. 41.
8. Attach gray foam strip (provided) to block-off baffle on outer face of flange. See Fig. 42.
9. Remove the screws on each end and along top of damper assembly of unit. Remove top 4 screws on each side of filter panel under damper assembly. Set hood assembly in place and attach to unit using these screws.
10. Attach the outside-air thermostat (OAT) that is supplied from the factory or accessory field-supplied enthalpy sensor onto the hood side furthest from the control box. The
OAT or enthalpy sensor is installed on the inside upper right-hand corner using the mounting bracket and mounting holes provided. Attach wiring to unit controls. If accessory enthalpy sensor is used, quick connects must be attached to enthalpy sensor wires.
11. Remove screws along bottom of damper assembly. Locate and mount blockoff baffle using these screws.
12. Assemble 2 filter tracks side-by-side with the assembled ends together.
13. Attach mounting angle (without tabs) to the assembled end of the filter track. See Fig. 43.
14. Attach 9 green speed clips (provided) to hood side panels without slots. Engagement section of clip faces up and towards the outside of the hood side panels.
15. Attach remaining mounting angle (with tabs) to other end of the filter track with no. 10 screws provided. See
Fig. 44.
16. Place filter track assembly in bottom of hood by placing tabbed end into slotted side (with tab on bottom) and attaching opposite end to hood with speed clips and gasketed screws provided. Tabs can be hand bent after they have been inserted into the side.
NOTE: The filter track assembly end with screws should face away from the other hood when mounted on the unit. Be sure the filters are installed with the airflow in the correct direction.
NOTE: Tabs from both filter tracks will be in the same space.
After one filter track has been inserted into hood side, bend the tabs so they will not interfere with installation of the second/ center hood.
17. Attach black seal strip (provided) to filter cover. Seal strip should be applied centered over the holes of the one flange, making sure to fully cover holes and centered over the other large flange. See Fig. 45.
18. Slide two 20 x 25-in. filters into cross members of hood assembly. Attach filter cover over filters with screws and speed clips provided.
TOP
FLANGE
BLACK
SEAL
STRIP
HOOD SIDE
Fig. 36 — Adding Seal Strip to Top of Hood Sides
NOTE: Left side economizer hood has mounting angle without tabs and filter rack assembled end on the opposite side.
Fig. 37 — Economizer Hood Assembly
(Right Side/Center Economizer Hood Shown)
49
MOUNTING
FLANGE
HOOD SIDE
HOOD
TOP
HOOD SIDE
(SLOTTED)
Fig. 38 — Adding Seal Strip to Sides of Hood Top
Mounting Flange
HOOD TOP
HOOD SIDE
Fig. 41 — Adding Foam Strip to Hood Side
BLOCKOFF BAFFLE
GRAY FOAM STRIP
Fig. 39 — Adding Seal Strip to Back of Hood Top
Mounting Flange
GRAY FOAM STRIP
CROSS MEMBER
Fig. 40 — Adding Foam Strip to Cross Member
50
Fig. 42 — Adding Seal Strip to
Blockoff Baffle
Minimum Damper Position (MDP) Setting — Setting of the outdoor air damper position is performed in conjunction with a shortened version of the field run test. This is performed by first opening DIP (Dual In-line Package) switch no. 4 then no. 6. See Fig. 27 and Direct Digital Controls DIP Switch Configuration section on page 63.
The outdoor-air damper closes. The control allows 90 seconds for the damper to close in case it is in the full open position. Next, the indoor-fan contactor will energize. The outdoor-air damper will remain at 0% for 30 seconds. It will then move to the 10% damper motor travel position for another
30 seconds. This will be repeated at every 10% increment for
30 seconds until the damper reaches 100% open. Close DIP switch no. 4 during the 30 seconds immediately after the desired outdoor air minimum damper position. The 30-second time period is to allow time where DIP switch no. 4 can be closed. The default value of the minimum outdoor air damper position is 20%. If the desired minimum position is 30%, allows the damper position to go to 10% for 30 seconds, then
20% for 30 seconds, and when it reaches 30% close DIP switch no. 4 during the 30-second period following the 30% position.
The minimum outdoor air damper position is now set. Close
DIP switch no. 6.
Fig. 44 — Mounting Angle (With Tabs) Attached to
Filter Track Assembly
MOUNTING ANGL
(WITHOUT TABS)
FILTER TRACK
ASSEMBLY
Fig. 43 — Mounting Angle (Without Tabs)
Attached to Filter Track Assembly
MOUNTING ANGLE
(WITH TABS)
BLACK SEAL STRIP
(CENTERED)
FILTER COVER
Fig. 45 — Attaching Seal Strip to Filter Cover
51
ECONOMIZER SETTINGS
Accessory Enthalpy Control (Fig. 46) — The control
(HH57AC077) is mounted in the economizer hood. See
Fig. 37. The enthalpy setting adjustment is on the enthalpy control. For maximum benefit of outdoor air, set enthalpy control to A. See Fig. 47 and 48.
The enthalpy controls operation of the economizer outdoorair damper to provide free cooling on a signal form the cooling thermostat.
Enthalpy Control Installation — The outdoor air enthalpy control is installed on the inside panel of the outdoor air hood.
The enthalpy control should be mounted when the outdoor air hoods are assembled. To install the control, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off all power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.
2. Remove the economizer inlet filters from the bottom of the right hand economizer hood. See Fig. 37. See Fig. 49 for economizer details.
3. Mount the outdoor air enthalpy sensor inside the right economizer hood on the right side panel of the hood, adjacent to the outdoor-air thermistor.
4. Locate the red, violet, and brown wires near the outdoor air thermistor. Remove the splice from the red and violet wires. Remove the cap from the brown wire.
5. Install a 1 /
4
-in. push on terminal (field-supplied) on the violet and brown wires.
6. Connect a 1 /
4
-in. push on terminal (field-provided) to one end of a 18-gage, 6-in. jumper wire (field-provided).
Connect the other end to the red wire and attach a 1 /
4 push on connector (field-provided).
-in.
7. Connect the red wire with the jumper to terminal TR1.
Connect the jumper to terminal 2. Connect the brown wire to terminal TR. Connect the violet wire to terminal 3. All connections are on the enthalpy control.
8. Replace the economizer filters.
9. Return power to unit.
Accessory Differential Enthalpy Control (Fig. 46) — The control (HH57AC077), in conjunction with the accessory enthalpy sensor (HH57AC078), controls economizer operation according to the differential enthalpy. The control is mounted in the economizer hood. The sensor is mounted in the return duct (48AJ,AK and 48EJ,EK) or return air plenum (48AW,AY and 48EW,EY).
Differential Enthalpy Sensor Installation — To install the control, perform the following procedure:
1. Turn off all power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.
2. Remove the economizer inlet filters from the bottom of the right hand economizer hood. See Fig. 37 and 49.
3. Remove the factory-installed, 620-ohm jumper between terminals SR and + on the enthalpy control located inside the outdoor air hood.
4. Connect the violet wire from the enthalpy sensor kit to the + terminal on the enthalpy control. Connect the blue wire from the enthalpy sensor kit to the SR terminal on the enthalpy control.
5. Turn the enthalpy control set point potentiometer clockwise past the ‘‘D’’ setting on the enthalpy control to configure the control to operate on differential enthalpy. See
Fig. 47.
6. Remove the return-air enthalpy sensor from the accessory package. Using the screws provided, mount the sensor inside the return duct near the unit. Do not locate the control too far from the unit, or the wires will not reach from the sensor to the control. On 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units, the enthalpy sensor can be installed in the return air section of the unit, under the return air dampers.
7. Route the wires from the enthalpy sensor to the return air enthalpy control through the holes on the inside of the hinged filter access panel. The holes are blocked by plug buttons which should be removed.
8. Use field-supplied wire ties to attach the violet wire to the
+ terminal and the blue wire to the SR terminal.
9. Replace economizer filters.
10. Return power to unit.
Disable Economizer — For applications where the economizer will not be used (areas of high humidity), the economizer should be disabled. To disable the economizer, perform the following:
1. Turn of power. Ensure disconnect is locked out.
2. Locate the OAT (Outdoor Air Thermostat) in the right hand outdoor air damper area.
3. Locate the splice connecting the violet wire coming from
T24 on the base control board to the red wire coming from T29 on the base control board. Remove the wire nut and break the red to violet wire splice.
HH57AC077
ENTHALPY
CONTROL
HH57AC078
ENTHALPY SENSOR
(USED WITH ENTHALPY
CONTROL FOR DIFFERENTIAL
ENTHALPY OPERATION)
C7400A1004
+
Fig. 46 — Differential Enthalpy Control and Sensor
NOTE: Switches shown in high enthalpy state. Terminals 2 and 3 close on enthalpy decrease.
Fig. 47 — Wiring Connections for Solid-State
Enthalpy Control (HH57AC077)
4. Cap off both wires. When the connection is broken the base control board is fooled into thinking that the enthalpy is not acceptable and economizer operation is disabled.
5. Return power to unit.
NOTE: When the economizer is disabled, the damper will function as a 2-position damper.
Step 11 — Position Power Exhaust/Barometric
Relief Damper Hood —
All electrical connections have been made and adjusted at the factory. The power exhaust blowers and barometric relief dampers are shipped assembled and tilted back into the unit for shipping. Brackets and extra screws are shipped in shrink wrap around the dampers. If ordered, each unit will have 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048 units) or 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units) power exhaust blowers and motors or 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,
EY024-048 units) or 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,
EW,EY054-068 units) barometric relief dampers.
1. Remove 9 screws holding each damper assembly in place. See Fig. 50. Each damper assembly is secured with
3 screws on each side and 3 screws along the bottom.
Save screws.
Be careful when tilting blower assembly. Hoods and blowers are heavy and can cause injury if dropped.
2. Pivot each damper assembly outward until edges of damper assembly rest against inside wall of unit.
3. Secure each damper assembly to unit with 6 screws across top (3 screws provided) and bottom (3 screws from Step 1) of damper.
4. With screws saved from Step 1, install brackets on each side of damper assembly.
5. Remove tape from damper blades.
VAV DUCT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER — The VAV duct pressure transducer (VAV inverter pressure transducer) is located behind the filter access door on the lower inner panel. See
Fig. 51. A section of field-supplied
1
/
4
-in. plastic tubing must be run from the high pressure tap on the differential pressure switch and connected to a field-supplied tap in the supply-air duct. The tap is usually located
2
/
3 of the way out on the main supply duct. Remove plug button in panel to route tubing.
VAV BUILDING PRESSURE TRANSDUCER — The VAV building pressure transducer (modulating power exhaust pressure transducer) is located behind the filter access door on the lower inner panel. See Fig. 51. A section of field-supplied
1 /
4
-in. plastic tubing must be run from the high pressure tap on the differential pressure switch to the conditioned space. The pressure tube must be terminated in the conditioned space where a constant pressure is required. This location is usually in an entrance lobby so that the building exterior doors will open and close properly. Remove plug button in panel to route tubing.
The low pressure tap is factory-routed to the atmosphere.
For a positive-pressure building, route the high tap to building air and low tap to atmosphere. For a negative-pressure building, route the high tap to atmosphere and the low tap to building air.
52
CONTROL
CURVE
A
B
C
D
CONTROL POINT
(APPROX. DEG.)
AT 50% RH F (C)
73 (23)
70 (21)
67 (19)
63 (17)
LEGEND
RH — Relative Humidity
Fig. 48 — Psychrometric Chart for Enthalpy Control
NOTE: Partitions shown indicate both side supply (AW,AY,EW,EY) and vertical supply (AJ,AK,EJ,EK) units.
Fig. 49 — Economizer Details
53
NOTES:
1. Unless otherwise specified, all dimensions are to outside of part.
2. Dimensions are in inches.
3. On 48AW,AY and 48EW,EY units, accessory barometric relief or power exhaust must be mounted in the field-supplied return ductwork.
Fig. 50 — Barometric Relief Damper and Power Exhaust Mounting Details
LEGEND
VAV — Variable Air Volume
Fig. 51 — Pressure Transducer Locations
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068)
Step 12 — Install All Accessories —
After all the factory-installed options have been adjusted, install all field-installed accessories. Refer to the accessory installation instructions included with each accessory.
MOTORMASTER® III CONTROL INSTALLATION
Install Field-Fabricated Wind Baffles — Wind baffles must be field-fabricated for all units to ensure proper cooling cycle operation at low-ambient temperatures. See Fig. 52 for baffle details. Use 20-gage, galvanized sheet metal, or similar corrosion-resistant metal for baffles. Use field-supplied screws to attach baffles to unit. Screws should be 1/4 -in. diameter and 5/8 -in.
long. Holes for wind baffles are pre-punched in the unit sheet metal.
To avoid damage to the refrigerant coils and electrical components, use recommended screw sizes only.
The wind baffles attach to flanges formed on the outer sheet metal of the unit corner post. The other end of the baffle is attached to the center panel between the condenser coil and the indoor section. Two baffles are required.
54
Install Motormaster® III Controls — Only one Motormaster
III control is required per unit.
Motor — One outdoor-fan motor (OFM) must be changed out in the field to accommodate the Motormaster III accessory.
The replacement motor part no. is HD52AK652.
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-
034 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is the no. 2 OFM and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor end. The no. 1 OFM is controlled to shut off at 55 F and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and does NOT need to be changed out.
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-
054 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is no. 1 OFM and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor end and the second motor back. The no. 3 and 4 OFM are controlled to shut off at 55 F and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and do NOT need to be changed out. The no. 2 OFM is intended to run at all ambient temperatures.
For 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068 units, the Motormaster controlled OFM is no. 3 OFM and is located at the left side of the unit looking from the compressor end and the second motor back.
The no. 4, 5, and 6 OFMs are controlled to shut off at 55 F and on at 65 F outdoor-air temperature and do NOT need to be changed out. The no. 1 and 2 OFMs are intended to run at all ambient temperatures.
Sensor — Install the sensor for thermistor input control in the location shown in Fig. 53A-53E. Connect sensor leads to the violet and gray control signal leads on the Motormaster III control.
Signal Selection Switch — Remove the cover of the Motormaster III control. Set the switch to accept the thermistor sensor input signal. Set the frequency to match the unit power supply (60 Hz).
Motormaster III Control — The recommended mounting location is in the indoor fan section, mounted on the panel that separates the indoor and outdoor sections. On VAV units, this location is next to the VFD (variable frequency drive).
Do not route the Motormaster III control wiring next to the
VFD on VAV units. Use a separate connector through the partition when wiring to the OFM.
Electrical Connections
To avoid possibility of electrical shock and personal injury, turn off all power to unit before making electrical connections.
When replacing the OFM, reconnect the black, yellow, and blue wires form the outdoor fan contactor to the black, yellow, and blue wires of the Motormaster III control. Run new wires from the red, orange, and brown wires to the leads of the new
OFM. Connect the green wire from the control to ground.
NOTE: On all 575-v units, 2 transformers (part no.
HT01AH851) must be used for each Motormaster III control to lower the supply voltage to the control to 460-v. Transformers can be mounted anywhere outside the control box.
1
BOTH SIDES
18
B
0.312 DIA
HOLES
61
17.167
BETWEEN
HOLES
(TYPICAL)
CROSS-BREAK
A
0.5
4.62
UNIT SIZE
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-054
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068
A
80.5
120.5
B
79.5
119.5
NOTE: All dimensions are in inches. Material: 20 gage galvanized steel or other non-corrosive material.
Fig. 52 — Motormaster III Control Baffle Details
Fig. 53A — Motormaster III Sensor Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034)
55
Fig. 53B — Motormaster® III Sensor Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY035 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY038, 044)
Fig. 53D — Motormaster III Sensor Location
(48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-064)
Fig. 53C — Motormaster III Sensor Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY040, 050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY048)
Fig. 53E — Motormaster III Sensor Location
(48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY068)
56
Step 13 — Field Modifications
DUCTWORK
Bottom Return Units (48AJ,AK,EJ,EK) Field-Modified for
Side Return — 48AJ,AK and 48EJ,EK units with bottom return air connections may be field-modified to accommodate side return air connections.
IMPORTANT: The following section is a guideline and not a comprehensive procedure to field modify the units. The installing contractor must provide some design initiative.
Field-conversion is complex and is not recommended.
Units with electric heat must not be converted because of potential heating mode operating problems.
Conversion to horizontal return requires that the bottom return openings of the unit must be sealed with airtight panels capable of supporting the weight of a person. The return ductwork connection locations on the side of the unit are higher than normal (31-in. high). Unit-mounted power exhaust or barometric relief cannot be used because of return air ductwork will cover the power exhaust or barometric relief installation locations. Power exhaust or barometric relief may be installed in the return air ductwork.
To convert the unit, perform the following:
1. Seal the bottom return openings of the unit with airtight panels capable of supporting the weight of a person.
2. Remove the panels located below the economizer outdoor air dampers. These openings will be used for the return air ductwork. There are 2 panels on 48AJ,AK020-
050 and 48EJ,EK024-048 units. There are 3 panels on
48AJ,AK060 and 48EJ,EK054-068 units. These openings are normally used for power exhaust or barometric relief.
3. Run the return air ductwork up to the openings. One single duct is recommended to connect to the unit over the return air openings. See Fig. 54. The return duct must incorporate a minimum 3 /
4
-in. flange for connection to the unit cabinet. The unit does not have duct flanges for this conversion.
Side Supply and Return Units (48AW,AY,EW,EY) With
Field-Installed Power Exhaust in Return Duct — Space must be available in the return duct to mount the power exhaust fan
(gravity relief) modules. Dimensions and suggested locations are shown in Fig. 55. These instructions are a guideline and not a comprehensive procedure. The design contractor must provide some design initiative.
The wiring harness that is provided with the power exhaust accessory is not long enough for the fan modules to be mounted in the return air duct. Field-supplied wiring must be spliced into the harness. Use a junction box at each splice. The wiring may be run in the return duct as shown in Fig. 55, or externally in conduit. A service access panel will be needed near each power exhaust fan.
ELECTRIC UNLOADERS (Constant Volume Units
Only) — The rooftop units with version 4.0 control software and later are capable of controlling electronic unloaders when in the constant volume (CV) operating mode. The unloaders may be installed in the field and wired to the control box as shown in Fig. 56.
RA
97.78” (020-050)(024-048), 150.47” (060)(054-068)
INSIDE DIMENSION
31.25”
INSIDE
Fig. 54 — Side Return Air Conversion
57
ECONOMIZER
HOOD
42.56”
LOCATION
BAROMETRIC RELIEF
OR POWER EXHAUST
“SIDE #2”
ECONOMIZER
HOOD
23.28”
TYP
“END #2”
ALTERNATE
LOCATION
(END)
42” MIN.
R/A
12.94
(UNIT
OPENING)
“END #1”
42.62
TYP
23.28”
R/A
“SIDE #1”
42.62”
S/A
S/A
J BOX
PLENUM RATED
CABLE
(FIELD SUPPLIED)
J BOX
NOTE: 024-048, 020-050 SIZES SHOWN (2 POWER EXHAUST FANS)
060, 054-068 SIZES HAVE 3 POWER EXHAUST FANS. ALL
UNIT SIZES HAVE THE SAME SIZE POWER EXHAUST.
Fig. 55 — Power Exhaust Relocated to Side Return Duct
BASE MODULE
DISCRETE
OUTPUTS
COMP #2 UNLOADER
COM
COMP #1 UNLOADER
CYCLIC COND FAN
COM
CONT COND FAN
POWER EXHAUST
COM
POWER EXHAUST
ELEC HEAT 2
COM
ELEC HEAT 1
T32
T33
T30
T29
T28
T39
T38
T37
T36
T35
T34
T31
UL2
UL1
ECONOMIZER
4-20 mA OUPUT
T26
Fig. 56 — Wiring Field-Supplied Unloaders for
Constant Volume Units
START-UP
Use the following information and Start-Up Checklist on pages CL-1 and CL-2 to check out unit PRIOR to start-up.
Unit Preparation —
Check that unit has been installed in accordance with these installation instructions and applicable codes.
Compressor Mounting —
Loosen the compressor hold-down bolts until sidewise movement of the washer under each holddown bolt head can be obtained. Do not loosen completely as bolts are self-locking and will maintain adjustment.
Service Valves —
Ensure that the suction, discharge, and liquid line service valves are open. Damage to the compressor could result if they are left closed.
Internal Wiring —
Check all electrical connections in unit control boxes; tighten as required.
Refrigerant Service Ports —
Each refrigerant system has one suction port located in the top of the compressor motor casing. All units also have one service port on the liquid line valve and one on the compressor discharge valve. Be sure that caps on the ports are tight.
58
Crankcase Heaters —
Crankcase heaters are energized as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compressors are operating.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior to start-up. Otherwise, damage to compressor may result.
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) —
The variable frequency drives are factory set. These settings include factoryinstalled jumpers and software configurations. The only field configured set point is duct static pressure. A Toshiba Operation Manual is shipped with each VAV unit. This manual should be used if the drive needs to be customized for a particular application.
NOTE: The VFD will always provide the proper phase sequence to the indoor-fan motor. The indoor-fan motor operates in proper rotation regardless of the phase sequence to the unit. If, upon start-up, the outdoor fans operate backwards but the indoor fan operates in the correct direction, reverse any two leads to the main terminal block. All fans will then operate in the correct direction.
A factory-supplied 2-wire duct pressure transducer is supplied and wired complete with cable ground to reduce electrical noise. A
1
/
4
-in. air pressure tube must be routed to a location in the supply air ductwork where it can sense supply air duct pressure. The recommended location is about
2
/
3
of the way out on the supply ductwork, so that a steady pressure will be provided for the transducer.
To set the duct static pressure, perform the following steps.
The factory setting is zero. The duct transducer has a range from 0 to 5 in. wg. The transducer output is 4 to 20 mA, therefore, 0 to 5 in. wg is proportional to the 4 to 20 mA and must be expressed to the VFD in terms of percentage of the frequency range. Refer to Table 11. The set point value is a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Locate the duct static pressure closest to that desired and use the corresponding set point value. If necessary, interpolation between duct static pressures is permissible.
Table 11 — Toshiba TOSVERT VFD Set Point
(Frequency Command) for Supply Duct Pressure
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
PRESSURE in. wg kPa
0.0
0.25
0.000
0.062
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
0.124
0.187
0.249
0.311
0.373
0.435
0.498
0.560
0.622
0.684
0.747
0.809
0.871
CONTROL SIGNAL
(mA)
10.4
11.2
12.0
12.8
13.6
14.4
15.2
7.2
8.0
8.8
9.6
4.0
4.8
5.6
6.4
VFD SET POINT
(Hz)
36
39
42
24
27
30
33
12
15
18
21
6
9
0
3
TOSHIBA TOSVERT130-E3 VFD — The VFD must be powered up, however, since it is located near the indoor fan, operation of the fan is not desirable. To disable the fan and set the duct static pressure, perform the following procedure:
1. Open the Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker (IFCB). This will shut off power to the VFD.
2. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and remove VFD cover without touching any interior components. Make sure that the charge indicator lamp is out, indicating that the VFD is discharged. The lamp is located on the upper right hand corner of the terminal block. It may take several minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.
A high voltage potential can exist with the indoor fan circuit breaker open. The charge LED, located in the top right-hand corner of the Toshiba TOSVERT130-E3 VFD control board, will indicate charged capacitors. DO NOT
TOUCH internal high voltage parts if LED is lit.
3. Remove jumper between ST and CC on the terminal block and replace the VFD cover. This will disable the running of the VFD. Refer to Fig. 57.
4. Close the IFCB and energize the Indoor Fan Contactor
(IFC). The VFD is now powered but the fan will not operate.
5. On the front of the VFD is a keypad, which is used to change the VFD set point. At this point the drive should be disabled and the display read “OFF”. If the current output frequency is displayed then verify that the ST and
CC jumpers have been removed.
6. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW” key once, this will display the current frequency set point.
7. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW” key to change set point to the appropriate duct static set point desired. This number may be adjusted based on the amount of static pressure (in. wg) required. Refer to
Table 11 to identify the VFD Set Point.
DP
P24 RES RR F R S1 S2 S3 S4 RCH P24 LOW LOW
ST FM AM CC CC RX PP IV
+
FP FLC FLB FLA
DP
NOTES:
1. Drive enable (ST to CC made).
2. No emergency off command (S4 to CC made).
3. Direction command (F or R to CC made).
4. Frequency reference (4-20mA signal at IV terminal).
Fig. 57 — Toshiba TOSVERT130-E3 VFD
Factory-Installed Jumpers
59
8. Press “READ/WRITE” key, to enter the new value. The desired set point value will alternately flash to indicate that the new value has been stored.
IMPORTANT: The Carrier factory default values for the
VFD may be different than the default values of the manufacturer. Refer to the Carrier literature when checking default values. The following default values have been changed from the manufacturer settings to closely match the VFD operation with a Carrier VAV unit. Refer to
Tables 12 and 13.
9. Fire-speed override mode is available by contact closure between terminals S1 and CC.
10. If the VFD is to be controlled by an external control system, other than the factory-supplied duct static pressure transducer, follow these steps: a. Install a jumper between S2 and CC. This jumper will disable the PID (Proportional Integral Derivative) control loop in the VFD. The VFD is set to follow an external speed reference signal from the control system.
b. Connect the field-supplied speed reference (4-20 mA) signal across terminals IV and P24.
11. Once all the changes have been made, open the IFCB.
12. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and remove VFD cover without touching any interior components. Make sure that the charge indicator lamp is out. If still lit, wait until lamp goes completely out. This may take several minutes.
13. Replace jumper across terminals ST and CC.
14. Replace VFD cover.
15. Close the IFCB. The VFD is now powered and the fan will operate.
Table 12 — Carrier Default Program Parameter Values
PARAMETER GROUP
SetP
(Setup)
Gr.F
(Fundamental)
Gr.Fb
(Feedback)
PARAMETER
ACC1
DEC1
UL
LL
Luln
P3
F-P3
P4
F-P4 tHr1
StC1
StL1
OLN tYP
FH
Pt
FbP1
Fbln
GP
Gl
GA
GFS
P1LL
PuL
PuUl
PuLL
Gr.SF
(Frequency Settings)
Gr.Pn
(Panel Control)
Fsor
Fr
Gr.St
(Terminal Selection)
Gr.Pr
(Protection)
Gr.Ut
(Utility)
1t
1t0
1t1
1t2
1t3
1t4
UuC
UuCt
ArSt
Cnod
Fnod bLPn
*These settings differ from the Toshiba defaults and are required for Carrier applications.
DEFAULT VALUE
60.0 Sec
60.0 Sec
60.0 Hz
10.0 Hz*
1
20%
0.0 Hz
100%
60 Hz
See Table 13
0
110%
1
5*
60 Hz
2
1*
2
.30
2 sec
0
80
10
1
10
10
60 Hz
0*
1
0
56
13
3
10
1*
2
3
1*
2*
1*
60
Table 13 — Motor Electronic Thermal Protection (tHr) for Toshiba TOSVERT 130-E3 VFD
Hp
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
MOTOR kW
3.73
5.60
7.46
11.19
14.92
18.65
22.38
29.84
IFM
Letter*
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
STANDARD EFFICIENCY
230 V
Setting
66
100
96
78
87
86
99
89
380V
Setting
100
100
94
94
94
84
—
—
460V
Setting
72
80
97
100
100
94
92
85
*IFM Letter refers to the 15th digit (Motor Option) of the unit model number
575V
Setting
89
76
91
100
95
100
100
85
HIGH EFFICIENCY
IFM
Letter*
230V
Setting
460V
Setting
L
M
N
P
72
100
96
78
72
80
100
100
S
T
Q
R
82
86
86
89
100
91
80
85
TOSHIBA TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD — The VFD must be powered up, however, since it is located near the indoor fan, operation of the fan is not desirable. To disable the fan and set the duct static pressure, perform the following procedure:
1. Open the Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker (IFCB). This will shut off power to the VFD.
2. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and the charge lamplight to go out. Remove the VFD cover without touching any interior components. It may take several minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.
A high voltage potential can exist with the indoor fan circuit breaker open. The charge lamp LED, located on the upper left corner of the Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD front cover, will indicate charged capacitors. DO NOT
TOUCH internal high voltage parts if LED is lit.
3. Remove jumper between R and CC on the terminal block and replace the VFD cover. This will disable the running of the VFD. Refer to Fig. 58.
4. Close the IFCB and energize the Indoor Fan Contactor
(IFC). The VFD is now powered but the fan will not operate.
5. On the front of the VFD is a keypad, which is used to change the VFD set point. At this point the drive should be disabled and the display read “OFF”. If the current output frequency is displayed then verify that the R and
CC jumpers have been removed.
6. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW” key once, this will display the current frequency set point.
7. Press either the “DOWN ARROW” or “UP ARROW” key to change set point to the appropriate duct static set point desired. This number may be adjusted based on the amount of static pressure (in. wg) required. Refer to the
Table 8 to identify the VFD Set Point.
8. Press “ENT” key, to enter the new value. The desired set point value will alternately flash to indicate that the new value has been stored.
IMPORTANT: The Carrier factory default values for the
VFD may be different than the default values of the manufacturer. Refer to the Carrier literature when checking default values. The following default values have been changed from the manufacturer settings to closely match the VFD operation with a Carrier VAV unit. Refer to
Tables 14 and 15.
9. Fire-speed override mode is available by contact closure between terminals S1 and CC.
10. If the VFD is to be controlled by an external control system, other than the factory-supplied duct static pressure transducer, follow these steps: a. Install a jumper between S2 and CC. This jumper will disable the PID (Proportional Integral Derivative) control loop in the VFD. The VFD is set to follow an external speed reference signal from the control system.
b. Connect the field-supplied speed reference
(4-20 mA) signal across terminals II and P24. See
Fig. 58.
11. Once all the changes have been made, open the IFCB.
12. Wait for the VFD display to go blank and the charge lamplight to go out. Remove the VFD cover without touching any interior components. It may take several minutes for the VFD to fully discharge.
13. Replace jumper across terminals R and CC.
14. Replace VFD cover.
15. Close the IFCB. The VFD is now powered and the fan will operate.
61
CC VIA VIB PP
II FM F R RST S1 S2
S3
CC OUT P24
E-STOP
-
TWO-WIRE
TRANSDUCER
4-20mA
+
LEGEND
Typical Factory Wiring
Optional Field Wiring
FIRE SPEED
OVER-RIDE
Fig. 58 — Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD Factory-Installed Jumpers
Table 14 — Carrier VFD (Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9) Program Parameter Values
CARRIER DEFAULT SETTINGS PARAMETER GROUP
Basic Parameters
CNOd
FNOd
Fr
ACC dEC1
FH
UL
LL
Pt tHr
Sr1
Extended Parameters
F115
F116
Frequency Parameters
F201
F202
F203
F204
Operation Mode Parameters
F300
F301
F302
F303
F360
F362
F363
COMMUNICATION NO.
0003
0004
0008
0009
0010
0011
0012
0013
0015
0041
0018
0115
0116
0201
0202
0203
0204
0300
0301
0302
0303
0360
0362
0363
DESCRIPTION
Command Mode Selection
Frequency Setting Mode Selection
Forward/Reverse Run Selection
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Maximum Frequency
Upper Limit Frequency
Lower Limit Frequency
V/f Control Mode Selection
Motor Electronic Thermal Protection Level 1
Preset-Speed Operation Frequency 1
Input Terminal Selection 5 (S2)
Input Terminal Selection 6 (S3)
VIA/II Input Point 1 Setting
VIA/II Input Point 1 Frequency
VIA/II Input Point 2 Setting
VIA/II Input Point 2 Frequency
PWM Carrier Frequency
Auto-Restart Control Selection
Regenerative Power Ride-through Control
Retry Selection (Number of Times)
PI Control
Proportional Gain
Integral Gain
*These settings differ from the Toshiba defaults and are required for Carrier applications.
0*
1*
1*
10.0 sec
10.0 sec
60.0 Hz*
60.0 Hz*
10.0 Hz*
1*
See Table 15*
60.0 Hz*
14*
11*
20%*
0.0 Hz
100%
60.0 Hz*
4 KHz*
3*
1*
2*
1*
0.30
0.20
Table 15 — Motor Electronic Thermal Protection (tHr) for Toshiba TOSVERT VF-S9 VFD
MOTOR STD EFFICIENCY HIGH EFFICIENCY
HP kW IFM Letter* 230V Setting 380V Setting 460V Setting IFM Letter* 230V Setting 460V Setting
5 3.73
7.5
5.60
A
B
83
80
77
88
83
84
L
M
90
80
83
84
10 7.46
15 11.19
20 14.92
C
D
E
85
81
94
75
98
—
86
79
87
N
P
Q
85
81
88
88
79
87
*IFM Letter refers to the 15th digit (Motor Option) of the unit model number.
62
Power Exhaust —
The optional non-modulating power exhaust (CV only) is a two-stage design where the operation of the exhaust fans is linked to economizer position. When the supply fan is running and the economizer is 25% open, the base control board closes contacts, activating 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,
AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,
AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) exhaust fans.
When the economizer position reaches 75% open, the base module activates the other 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) exhaust fans. The fans will turn off when the economizer closes below the same points. The economizer position set points that trigger the exhaust fans can be modified, but only through use of the Service Tool, Comfort-
WORKS®, or Building Supervisor software. If single-stage operation is desired, adjust the economizer set points to identical values at the desired point to activate all exhaust fans.
The optional modulating power exhaust (VAV standard, CV optional) is controlled by a modular electronic sequencer system. This system consists of a model R353 signal input module and 4 model S353 staging modules (for 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068, 6 model S353 staging modules). The signal input module receives a 0 to 10 vdc signal from the building pressure transducer, which is mounted adjacent to the supply static transducer behind the filter access panel. The modules are mounted just below the unit control board.
The left module is the R353, and the 4 or 6 modules on the right are S353 modules for stages 1 through 4 or 6. On the unit wiring label, the R353 is designated PESC, and the S353 modules are designated PES1 through PES4 (PES6 for
48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068).
The building pressure transducer range is -0.5 to + 0.5 in.
wg. It is powered by a 0 to 10 vdc signal. A factory-installed hose at the ‘‘Lo’’ connection leads to atmosphere, and a fieldsupplied hose must be connected to the ‘‘Hi’’ connection and led into the building to a point where building pressure is to be controlled. There is a plug button in the bulkhead just above the transducers, for use in leading the hoses into the building via the return air ductwork.
There are 3 adjustments at the R353 module, all of which have been factory set. In the center of the circuit board is a set of 4 pins with a jumper, labeled J2. This determines the mode of operation. The bottom two pins must be jumpered for direct operation. Direct operation means that the staging modules are activated in sequence as the input signal increases.
At the upper right corner of the board is a set of 5 pins and jumper, which determines the time constant for the control.
The time constant is the delay in response built into the controls. The jumper should be on the middle or bottom two pins, for the maximum time constant. The delay can be decreased, if desired, by moving the jumper progressively upward, always jumpering adjacent pins.
At the lower left corner of the board below the terminal strip is a resistor marked R27. This must be removed in order to obtain the 0 to 10 vdc signal output. There will not be a resistor on a factory-supplied module, but a resistor may be present on a replacement module and must be removed.
The R353 module has a terminal block with 7 connections available for wiring. The 2 right-hand terminals are for the
24 vac and common connections. The next 2 terminals are for the 0 to 10 vdc signal. Consult the wiring label for wire identification if replacing the module. The 3 left-hand terminals are not used for this application.
The S353 module has an LED (light-emitting diode), a set of 4 jumper pins, and 2 potentiometers. The LED will light whenever the module is activated, providing a visual indication of the number of exhaust fans running. The jumper pins are arranged in a square format. Two jumpers are used to determine the mode of operation (direct or reverse). The 2 jumpers must be arranged horizontally for direct action (factory set).
At the top of the module are two potentiometers. The left potentiometer adjusts the offset. The right potentiometer adjusts the differential. The potentiometers are factory set for a nominal 0 in. wg building pressure.
The offset set point is defined as the point at which a module turns off a fan, and is measured in terms of percent of the input signal. For control purposes, 0 offset is at an arbitrary
‘‘floor’’ which is established at 10% of the input signal, or
1 vdc. In this example, the first stage will turn off at 30%
(3 vdc), and the offset potentiometer will be set at 20%. The second stage will turn off at 50% signal (5 vdc), and the offset potentiometer will be set at 40%. The fourth stage is at the maximum 75% offset, which equates to 85% signal or 8.5 vdc.
The offset potentiometer is calibrated in 10% increments.
See below for building pressure to signal level.
BUILDING PRESSURE
(in. wg)
-0.50
-0.25
0.00
0.25
0.50
SIGNAL LEVEL
(vdc)
2
8
10
4
6
If the building pressure is controlled at 0 in. wg, offset of the first stage should be set at 50%, which equates to 60% of the input signal, or 6 vdc. The other stages can then be set as desired between 50% and 75%.
The default offset set points for modulating power exhaust are shown in Tables 16A and 16B.
The differential set point is the difference between the turn off point and the turn on point for each module. It also is calibrated in terms of percent of input signal, and has a range of
1% to 7%. The differential potentiometer is calibrated in 1% increments, and is factory set at approximately 3%. It is recommended to leave the set point at 3%, to minimize cycling of the fans.
The offset and differential potentiometers have been factory set for atmospheric pressure. Do not change these settings until there is some experience with the building. In most cases the factory settings will be satisfactory. However, if the building pressure is not being maintained as desired, then some minor adjusting on a trial and error basis can be made.
Direct Digital Controls DIP Switch Configuration —
The Direct Digital Control (DDC) board must be configured for each application. The DDC board is configured through the DIP (Dual In-Line Package) switches located on the board. There are 8 DIP switches which configure 8 different applications of the DDC. See Table 17. DIP switch 1 is on the left of the block. DIP switch 8 is on the right of the block.
To open a DIP switch, push the switch up with suitable tool
(small-blade screwdriver). To close a DIP switch, push the switch down. Factory settings are shown in Table 18.
The DIP switch configurations are as follows:
• DIP switch 1 configures the unit to operate as a VAV or
CV unit
• DIP switch 2 configures the unit to use a space sensor
(VAV units) or a thermostat (CV units)
• DIP switch 3 configures the DDC for use with an electronic expansion board
• DIP switch 4 is used to field test the unit
• DIP switch 5 is used to enable occupied heating (VAV units) or specify the type of power exhaust (CV units)
63
• DIP switch 6 configures the Time Guard® override and, when used with the field test function, sets the minimum damper position
• DIP switch 7 configures the unit for gas heat or electric heat
• DIP switch 8 configures the unit for heat pump or air conditioner operation.
Crankcase Heater —
Units are equipped with crankcase heaters. Crankcase heaters are energized as long as there is power supplied to unit. Crankcase heaters deenergize while compressors are running.
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to compressors, crankcase heater should be energized 24-hours prior to start-up.
Evaporator Fan —
Fan belt and fixed pulleys are factory-installed. See Tables 19-33 for fan performance and motor limitations data. Remove tape from fan pulley, and be sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. See Table 34 for air quantity limits. Static pressure drop for power exhaust is negligible. To alter fan performance, see Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment section on page 91.
Condenser Fans and Motors —
Condenser fans and motors are factory set. Refer to Condenser-Fan Adjustment section on page 92 as required. Be sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. Fan no. 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034), fans no. 3 and 4 (48AJ,AK,AW,
AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-054), and fans no. 4, 5, and 6 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY058-068) are cycled on the outdoor-air temperature.
The VFD will always provide the proper phase sequence to the indoor-fan motor to operate in the proper rotation regardless of the phase sequence to the unit. If on start-up, the outdoor fans operate backwards but the indoor fan operates in the correct direction, reverse any two leads to the unit main terminal block and all fans will operate in the correct direction.
Table 16A — Power Exhaust Default Set Points (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048)
STAGE
1
2
3
4
OFFSET
50%
55%
60%
64%
DIFFERENTIAL
3%
3%
3%
3%
OFF VOLTAGE
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.4
ON VOLTAGE
6.3
6.8
7.3
7.7
OFF STATIC PRESSURE
(in.wg)
0.00
0.06
0.12
0.18
Table 16B — Power Exhaust Default Set Points (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068)
STAGE
3
4
1
2
5
6
OFFSET
50%
55%
60%
65%
70%
75%
DIFFERENTIAL
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
OFF VOLTAGE
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
ON VOLTAGE
6.3
6.8
7.3
7.8
8.3
8.8
OFF STATIC PRESSURE
(in.wg)
0.00
0.06
0.12
0.19
0.25
0.31
Table 17 — DIP Switch Configuration
SETTING
OPEN
CLOSED
1
VAV
CV
2
VAV — Space Sensor
Installed
CV — CCN or Sensors
Used
VAV — No Space Sensor
CV — Thermostat
3
Expansion
Board
Base Control
Board Only
LEGEND
CCN — Carrier Comfort Network
CV
— Constant Volume
VAV — Variable Air Volume
NOTES:
1. The OPEN side of the DIP switch is marked ‘‘OPEN.’’ When the rocker switch is on the ‘‘OPEN’’ side of the switch, the switch is
OPEN.
4
Field Test
ON
Field Test
OFF
5
VAV —
Occupied
Heat
Enabled
CV —
Modulated
Power
Exhaust
VAV —
Occupied
Heat
Disabled
CV —
Constant
Volume
Power
Exhaust
6
Time Guard® Override
ON
IN CONJUNCTION
WITH FIELD TEST
— Set Minimum
Damper Position
Time Guard Override
OFF
7
Gas Heat
Electric Heat
8
Heat Pump
Operation
Air Conditioner
Operation
2. The configuration of DIP switches 2 and 5 are dependent on
DIP switch 1. If DIP switch 1 is set to OPEN (VAV operation), then DIP switches 2 and 5 will configure VAV functions.
3. When the unit is field-tested (DIP switch 4 to OPEN), the function of DIP switch 6 changes and it is used to set the minimum damper position.
4. Recycle power to unit after modifying DIP switches. This will allow the unit to access the new configurations and update its tables.
64
Table 18 — DIP Switch Factory Settings
UNIT
48AJ,AW and 48EJ,EW
48AK,AY and 48EK,EY
1
Closed
Open
2
Closed
Closed
3
Closed
Closed
4
Closed
Closed
*On 48EJ,EW,AJ,AW units equipped with staged gas option, DIP switch 7 should be closed.
5
Closed
Closed
6
Closed
Closed
7
Open*
Open
8
Closed
Closed
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
Table 19 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK020-030 — Vertical Discharge Units
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
394
388
433
484
537
590
645
700
1.06
1.26
1.80
2.49
3.34
4.35
5.53
6.90
416
453
495
540
589
638
690
742
1.17
1.61
2.18
2.91
3.79
4.83
6.05
7.46
481
512
549
591
635
682
731
781
1.53
1.99
2.58
3.33
4.23
5.31
6.56
7.99
538
566
600
637
678
723
769
817
1.91
2.39
3.00
3.76
4.69
5.78
7.05
8.51
590
616
646
681
719
761
805
851
2.30
2.80
3.43
4.21
5.15
6.26
7.55
9.04
637
662
690
722
758
798
840
884
2.71
3.23
3.87
4.66
5.62
6.75
8.06
9.56
680
704
731
761
795
833
873
916
3.12
3.66
4.32
5.13
6.10
7.24
8.57
10.09
721
745
770
799
831
867
905
946
3.55
4.11
4.79
5.61
6.59
7.75
9.09
10.62
755 8.46
795 9.05
832 9.61
811 10.23
849 10.85
884 11.44
866 10.17
917 12.02
899 10.71
948 12.59
930 11.26
960 11.81
989 12.36
978 13.16
1006 13.73
1034 14.30
868 12.20
904 12.86
937 13.48
968 14.08
998 14.68
1026 15.27
1054 15.86
1081 16.45
924 14.40
959 15.08
990 15.73
1020 16.37
1049 16.99
1076 17.61
1103 18.22
1128 18.83
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
759
782
807
835
3.97
4.56
5.26
6.09
795
818
843
869
4.40
5.02
5.74
6.59
829
853
876
902
4.84
5.49
6.23
7.09
862
885
909
934
5.29
5.96
6.72
7.60
893
917
940
965
5.73
6.43
7.22
8.12
923
947
970
994
6.18
6.91
952
976
7.72
999
8.64
1023
6.64
980
7.39
1004
8.23
1028
9.17
1051
7.09
7.88
8.74
9.70
865
899
7.09
8.26
898
931
7.60
8.78
930
962
8.12
9.31
961
992
8.64
991 9.17
1020 9.71
1049 10.25
1076 10.80
9.84
1021 10.39
1049 10.94
1076 11.49
1103 12.05
936 9.61
967 10.15
996 10.69
1025 11.24
1053 11.79
1080 12.35
1107 12.92
1133 13.49
976 11.16
1005 11.71
1033 12.26
1060 12.82
1087 13.39
1114 13.96
1139 14.54
1165 15.12
1018 12.91
1045 13.47
1072 14.04
1099 14.61
1125 15.19
1150 15.77
1175 16.36
1199 16.96
1061 14.87
1088 15.45
1114 16.03
1139 16.62
1164 17.21
1188 17.80
— — — —
1107 17.05
1132 17.64
1157 18.23
1181 18.84
1153 19.44
1178 20.05
— — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1007
1032
7.55
1033
8.37
1058
8.02
1058
8.86
1084
8.48
1083
9.36
1109
8.95
9.86
1055 9.25
1081 9.77
1107 10.29
1132 10.82
1078 10.23
1105 10.77
1131 11.32
1156 11.86
1103 11.35
1129 11.90
1155 12.47
1180 13.03
1130 12.62
1155 13.19
1180 13.76
— —
1158 14.07
1183 14.65
1189 15.71
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
65
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
Table 20 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK035 — Vertical Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
433
480
528
577
2.01
2.73
3.59
4.62
627
677
5.83
7.22
728 8.80
779 10.59
488
529
573
618
664
711
760
809
2.38
3.12
4.01
5.07
6.29
7.70
9.30
11.11
539
576
615
657
700
745
791
838
2.76
3.53
4.44
5.52
6.77
8.20
9.82
11.65
587
620
656
695
735
778
822
867
3.14
3.94
4.88
5.98
7.25
8.71
10.35
12.20
633
662
695
731
769
810
852
895
3.54
4.35
5.32
6.44
7.74
9.22
10.89
12.75
677
703
733
766
802
841
881
923
3.94
4.77
5.76
6.91
8.23
9.73
11.42
13.31
719
742
769
800
834
871
910
950
4.36
5.21
6.21
7.38
8.73
10.25
11.96
13.87
759
780
805
834
866
901
938
977
4.79
5.65
6.67
7.86
9.22
10.77
12.51
14.44
831 12.60
883 14.82
858 13.13
909 15.37
886 13.68
934 15.94
913 14.25
960 16.53
940 14.83
966 15.41
992 15.99
1017 16.58
985 17.12
1010 17.72
1034 18.33
1059 18.94
935 17.28
959 17.85
983 18.43
1007 19.04
1031 19.65
1055 20.27
1078 20.89
1101 21.52
987 19.98
1010 20.56
1033 21.16
1056 21.78
1078 22.41
1101 23.05
— — — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
797
816
839
866
5.22
6.10
7.14
8.35
834
852
873
898
5.67
6.56
7.61
8.84
869
886
906
929
6.12
7.03
8.10
9.33
902
919
938
960
6.57
7.50
8.59
9.84
934
951
7.04
7.99
965
982
7.50
995
8.47
1011
7.98
1024
8.97
1040
8.45
9.46
969 9.08
999 9.59
1028 10.10
1057 10.61
990 10.35
1019 10.87
1047 11.39
1075 11.92
897 9.73
930 11.29
927 10.24
958 11.82
956 10.75
985 11.27
1014 11.79
1041 12.33
1069 12.86
1096 13.41
986 12.35
1014 12.89
1041 13.43
1067 13.97
1093 14.53
1119 15.08
965 13.05
992 13.60
1019 14.15
1045 14.70
1071 15.26
1096 15.82
1121 16.39
1146 16.96
1003 15.00
1028 15.57
1054 16.14
1078 16.72
1103 17.29
1127 17.87
1151 18.45
1175 19.04
1042 17.17
1066 17.76
1090 18.35
1114 18.94
1138 19.54
1161 20.13
1184 20.74
1082 19.54
1106 20.16
1129 20.77
1151 21.38
1174 22.00
1196 22.61
— —
1124 22.15
1146 22.78
— — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1052
1068
8.93
1079 9.42
1105 9.90
1131 10.39
9.97
1096 10.47
1122 10.98
1148 11.50
1085 11.13
1112 11.66
1138 12.19
1164 12.72
1102 12.46
1129 13.00
1155 13.54
1181 14.09
1122 13.96
1148 14.51
1173 15.07
1198 15.64
1145 15.65
1170 16.21
1194 16.79
— —
1170 17.53
1194 18.12
1198 19.64
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
66
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
Table 21 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK040,050 — Vertical Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
512
561
611
662
2.98
3.90
5.00
6.27
714
766
7.74
9.41
819 11.29
872 13.40
560
604
651
699
748
798
848
899
3.38
4.33
5.45
6.75
8.24
9.93
11.84
13.96
604
645
689
734
780
828
877
926
3.79
4.77
5.91
7.23
8.75
10.46
12.39
14.54
647
685
725
768
812
858
905
953
4.20
5.20
6.37
7.72
9.26
11.00
12.95
15.11
688
723
761
801
843
887
932
979
4.62
5.65
6.84
8.21
9.77
11.54
13.51
15.70
728
760
795
833
873
916
959
1004
5.05
6.10
7.31
8.71
10.29
12.08
14.07
16.28
766
796
829
865
903
944
986
1029
5.49
6.55
7.79
9.20
10.81
12.62
14.63
16.87
803
831
861
895
932
971
1012
1054
5.94
7.02
8.27
9.71
11.33
13.16
15.20
17.46
925 15.74
951 16.32
976 16.91
1001 17.51
1026 18.12
1050 18.72
1074 19.33
1097 19.94
979 18.32
1003 18.92
1027 19.53
1051 20.15
1074 20.77
1097 21.40
1120 22.03
1142 22.66
1032 21.15
1055 21.77
1078 22.40
1100 23.04
1123 23.68
1145 24.33
1166 24.98
1188 25.63
1086 24.24
1108 24.88
1129 25.52
1151 26.18
1172 26.84
1193 27.51
1214 28.18
1234 28.85
1140 27.60
1161 28.25
1181 28.92
1202 29.59
1222 30.27
1242 30.95
1262 31.64
1281 32.33
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
839
864
6.40
7.49
893 8.76
925 10.21
874
897
6.86
7.97
925 9.26
955 10.73
907
930
7.34
8.46
940
961
7.81
8.95
971
991
8.30
1001
9.46
1021
8.79
1030 9.29
1059 9.79
9.97
1050 10.48
1078 11.00
955 9.76
985 10.27
1014 10.79
1043 11.31
1071 11.84
1098 12.37
984 11.25
1012 11.77
1040 12.30
1068 12.84
1095 13.38
1121 13.93
960 11.86
988 12.39
1016 12.93
1043 13.47
1069 14.02
1095 14.57
1121 15.13
1147 15.69
998 13.71
1024 14.26
1050 14.82
1076 15.38
1101 15.94
1126 16.51
1151 17.08
1175 17.66
1037 15.77
1062 16.34
1087 16.92
1111 17.49
1136 18.07
1159 18.66
1183 19.25
1206 19.84
1078 18.05
1102 18.64
1126 19.23
1149 19.83
1172 20.43
1195 21.03
1217 21.64
1239 22.25
1121 20.55
1143 21.17
1166 21.78
1188 22.40
1210 23.01
1232 23.64
1253 24.26
1275 24.89
1164 23.29
1186 23.93
1208 24.56
1229 25.20
1250 25.84
1271 26.48
1291 27.12
— —
1209 26.28
1230 26.93
1250 27.59
1271 28.25
1291 28.91
1255 29.52
1275 30.19
1294 30.87
— — — —
— — — — — — — — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1086 10.29
1113 10.80
1139 11.31
1164 11.83
1105 11.52
1131 12.05
1157 12.58
1183 13.12
1125 12.91
1151 13.46
1177 14.01
1202 14.56
1147 14.49
1172 15.05
1197 15.61
1222 16.18
1172 16.26
1196 16.83
1220 17.41
1244 18.00
1199 18.24
1223 18.83
1246 19.42
1269 20.02
1229 20.44
1252 21.04
1274 21.64
1296 22.25
1261 22.86
1283 23.48
— — — —
1296 25.52
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
67
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
Table 22 — Fan Performance, 48AJ,AK060 — Vertical Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
476
536
566
597
4.33
534
6.19
588
7.28
617
8.48
645
5.04
6.96
8.09
9.34
628 9.80
674 10.71
659 11.25
704 12.21
691 12.82
734 13.84
723 14.53
764 15.60
585
636
5.78
7.74
662 8.90
689 10.17
717 11.58
745 13.11
773 14.77
802 16.57
632
680
6.56
8.56
704 9.73
730 11.02
756 12.45
783 14.00
810 15.69
838 17.52
674
720
7.39
9.41
744 10.59
768 11.90
793 13.34
819 14.91
845 16.62
872 18.47
714 8.24
758 10.30
781 11.50
804 12.82
829 14.27
853 15.85
879 17.58
905 19.44
751 9.12
793 11.21
816 12.42
839 13.76
862 15.23
886 16.82
911 18.56
936 20.44
786 10.02
827 12.15
849 13.38
871 14.73
894 16.21
918 17.82
942 19.57
966 21.45
755 16.37
794 17.49
787 18.35
825 19.53
819 20.48
856 21.71
851 22.75
887 24.04
831 18.51
861 20.59
890 22.81
920 25.19
866 19.49
894 21.60
923 23.87
952 26.28
899 20.47
927 22.61
931 21.46
958 23.62
961 22.47
991 23.50
987 24.64
1016 25.69
954 24.90
985 25.93
1014 26.97
1042 28.03
983 27.34
1012 28.40
1041 29.46
1068 30.54
883 25.17
918 26.52
916 27.76
950 29.15
951
981
27.72
30.40
982
1011
28.84
31.57
1011
1040
29.94
32.70
1040
1068
31.02
33.81
1068
1095
32.11
34.92
1095
1122
33.21
36.04
948 30.49
981 31.95
1012 33.24
1041 34.46
1070 35.62
1097 36.76
1123 37.90
1149 39.04
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
819 10.93
859 13.11
881 14.36
902 15.72
851 11.85
890 14.08
911 15.35
932 16.73
881 12.78
920 15.06
940 16.36
961 17.76
911 13.72
948 16.06
939 14.67
967 15.62
993 16.58
1019 17.54
976 17.07
1003 18.08
1029 19.11
1054 20.13
968 17.38
996 18.41
1022 19.45
1048 20.50
1073 21.56
989 18.80
1016 19.86
1042 20.92
1067 22.00
1092 23.08
925 17.21
948 18.84
954 18.24
983 19.28
1010 20.34
1036 21.42
1062 22.51
1087 23.60
1112 24.71
977 19.88
1005 20.94
1032 22.01
1058 23.11
1083 24.21
1108 25.33
1132 26.46
971 20.60
1000 21.65
1027 22.72
1054 23.81
1080 24.92
1105 26.04
1129 27.18
1153 28.33
995 22.50
1023 23.57
1050 24.65
1076 25.76
1102 26.88
1126 28.01
1151 29.17
1174 30.33
1019 24.55
1047 25.63
1073 26.73
1099 27.84
1124 28.97
1149 30.13
1173 31.29
1196 32.47
1044 26.76
1071 27.84
1097 28.95
1123 30.08
1147 31.22
1172 32.39
1195 33.56
— —
1069 29.11
1096 30.21
1122 31.33
1147 32.47
1171 33.63
1195 34.80
1095 31.63
1121 32.74
1146 33.87
1171 35.02
1195 36.19
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1121 34.31
1147 35.44
1171 36.58
1196 37.74
1147 37.16
1172 38.30
1197 39.46
— —
1174 40.18
1199 41.34
— — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1045 18.51
1069 19.48
1093 20.45
1117 21.43
1079 21.17
1103 22.21
1126 23.26
1149 24.31
1097 22.63
1121 23.70
1144 24.78
1167 25.86
1116 24.17
1140 25.28
1162 26.38
1185 27.49
1135 25.83
1159 26.95
1181 28.09
1156 27.60
1178 28.74
— —
1176 29.48
1199 30.65
1197 31.50
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
68
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
Table 23 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY020-030 — Horizontal Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
394
398
451
506
562
620
679
738
1.06
1.32
1.90
2.65
3.56
4.65
5.93
7.40
424
465
511
560
612
666
721
777
1.21
1.68
2.29
3.07
4.01
5.13
6.44
7.94
488
523
564
609
657
707
760
814
1.57
2.06
2.70
3.49
4.46
5.60
6.94
8.47
544
576
613
654
699
747
797
849
1.96
2.46
3.12
3.93
4.91
6.08
7.44
9.00
595
625
659
697
739
784
832
882
2.35
2.88
3.55
4.38
5.38
6.57
7.94
9.52
642
670
702
737
777
820
866
914
2.76
3.31
4.00
4.84
5.86
7.06
8.45
10.05
685
712
742
776
814
855
898
944
3.17
3.75
4.45
5.31
6.34
7.56
8.97
10.59
725
751
780
813
848
888
930
974
3.59
4.19
4.92
5.79
6.84
8.07
9.50
11.13
798 9.09
859 11.01
835 9.66
893 11.60
869 10.22
925 12.18
902 10.77
956 12.75
933 11.32
963 11.86
993 12.42
1021 12.98
986 13.33
1015 13.90
1042 14.47
1070 15.04
920 13.14
952 13.76
982 14.37
1011 14.97
1040 15.56
1067 16.16
1094 16.75
1120 17.34
981 15.52
1011 16.17
1040 16.80
1068 17.42
1095 18.04
1121 18.65
1146 19.27
1171 19.88
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
763
789
817
848
4.01
4.64
5.39
6.28
799
824
851
881
4.44
5.10
5.87
6.78
833
858
885
914
4.87
5.56
6.36
7.29
865
891
917
945
5.31
6.03
6.85
7.80
896
922
948
975
5.75
6.50
926
952
7.34
978
8.31
1005
6.20
6.98
955
981
7.85
1006
8.84
1033
6.64
983
7.46
1009
8.35
1034
9.36
1061
7.09
7.94
8.86
9.89
882
920
7.35
8.59
914
951
7.86
9.12
946
981
8.38
976 8.90
1005 9.44
1034 9.98
1062 10.52
1089 11.07
9.65
1010 10.19
1038 10.74
1066 11.29
1093 11.85
1119 12.41
960 10.03
990 10.57
1019 11.12
1047 11.67
1074 12.23
1101 12.79
1127 13.37
1152 13.94
1003 11.68
1032 12.23
1059 12.79
1086 13.36
1113 13.93
1138 14.51
1163 15.09
1188 15.68
1049 13.54
1076 14.11
1102 14.68
1128 15.26
1153 15.85
1178 16.43
1096 15.63
1122 16.21
1147 16.80
1172 17.39
1196 17.99
— —
1145 17.94
1170 18.54
1194 19.15
1195 20.50
— — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1010
1036
7.55
1036
8.42
1062
8.00
1061
8.91
1088
8.46
1086
9.40
1113
8.92
9.89
1061 9.37
1088 9.88
1113 10.40
1138 10.92
1087 10.42
1114 10.96
1139 11.50
1164 12.05
1115 11.62
1141 12.18
1166 12.74
1191 13.30
1145 12.98
1170 13.55
1195 14.13
— —
1177 14.52
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
69
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
Table 24 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY035 — Horizontal Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
455
505
556
608
2.15
2.92
3.85
4.96
661
715
6.26
7.76
769 9.46
824 11.39
508
553
599
648
698
749
800
853
2.52
3.32
4.28
5.42
6.74
8.25
9.98
11.92
558
598
641
686
733
781
831
881
2.90
3.73
4.72
5.87
7.22
8.76
10.51
12.48
605
641
680
723
767
813
861
909
3.29
4.14
5.15
6.34
7.71
9.27
11.05
13.03
650
682
719
758
800
844
890
937
3.69
4.56
5.60
6.81
8.20
9.79
11.59
13.60
693
722
756
793
832
874
918
964
4.10
4.99
6.04
7.28
8.70
10.31
12.13
14.16
734
761
792
826
864
904
946
990
4.52
5.43
6.50
7.75
9.19
10.83
12.67
14.73
774
798
827
859
895
933
974
1016
4.95
5.87
6.96
8.24
9.70
11.35
13.22
15.30
879 13.54
934 15.94
906 14.10
959 16.52
933 14.67
959 15.25
985 15.84
1010 16.42
1035 17.01
1060 17.60
984 17.11
1009 17.70
1034 18.31
1058 18.92
1082 19.53
1105 20.14
989 18.58
1013 19.18
1037 19.79
1060 20.41
1084 21.03
1107 21.66
1129 22.29
1151 22.92
1044 21.49
1067 22.10
1090 22.73
1112 23.37
— — — — — — — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
811
834
861
891
5.39
6.33
7.44
8.73
847
869
894
922
5.83
6.79
7.92
9.22
882
902
926
953
6.29
7.26
8.40
9.72
915
935
6.75
7.74
947
966
7.21
8.22
977
997
7.68
1007
8.71
1026
8.15
1035
9.21
1055
8.63
9.71
957 8.90
988 9.40
1017 9.90
1046 10.42
1075 10.94
983 10.23
1012 10.75
1041 11.27
1069 11.80
1096 12.33
925 10.20
961 11.88
954 10.72
983 11.24
1012 11.76
1040 12.29
1067 12.83
1094 13.37
1120 13.92
989 12.41
1017 12.95
1044 13.49
1070 14.04
1096 14.59
1122 15.15
1147 15.71
1000 13.76
1027 14.32
1053 14.87
1078 15.43
1104 16.00
1129 16.57
1153 17.14
1177 17.72
1041 15.86
1066 16.44
1091 17.01
1116 17.59
1140 18.18
1163 18.76
1187 19.35
— —
1084 18.19
1108 18.79
1131 19.38
1155 19.98
1178 20.58
1128 20.75
1151 21.37
1173 21.98
1196 22.60
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1063 9.11
1090 9.60
1115 10.09
1141 10.58
1082 10.21
1109 10.72
1135 11.23
1161 11.75
1102 11.46
1129 11.99
1155 12.52
1180 13.05
1123 12.87
1149 13.42
1175 13.97
1200 14.52
1146 14.47
1172 15.03
1197 15.60
1172 16.28
1197 16.85
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
70
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
Table 25 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY040,050 — Horizontal Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
536
588
642
696
3.18
4.17
5.35
6.72
751 8.29
807 10.09
863 12.12
919 14.38
582
630
680
732
784
837
891
946
3.58
4.60
5.80
7.20
8.80
10.62
12.67
14.96
626
670
717
766
816
867
919
972
3.99
5.04
6.27
7.69
9.32
11.16
13.23
15.54
668
709
753
799
847
896
946
997
4.41
5.48
6.73
8.18
9.83
11.70
13.79
16.12
708
746
787
831
877
924
973
1023
4.83
5.93
7.20
8.67
10.35
12.24
14.36
16.71
747
782
821
863
906
952
999
1047
5.27
6.38
7.68
9.17
10.87
12.78
14.92
17.30
785
818
854
893
935
979
1025
1072
5.71
6.84
8.16
9.68
11.40
13.33
15.49
17.89
821
852
886
923
964
1006
1050
1096
6.16
7.31
8.65
10.18
11.92
13.88
16.06
18.48
975 16.90
1000 17.49
1025 18.09
1049 18.70
1073 19.31
1097 19.92
1120 20.53
1143 21.15
1032 19.67
1056 20.29
1079 20.91
1102 21.54
1125 22.17
1147 22.80
1169 23.44
1191 24.07
1089 22.71
1111 23.35
1134 23.99
1155 24.64
1177 25.29
1198 25.95
1219 26.60
1240 27.26
1146 26.04
1167 26.69
1188 27.35
1209 28.02
1230 28.69
1250 29.37
1270 30.04
1290 30.72
1203 29.65
1224 30.32
1244 31.00
1263 31.69
1283 32.38
— — — — — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
857
885
6.63
7.79
917 9.14
953 10.70
891
918
7.09
8.28
923
949
7.57
8.77
955
980
8.05
986
9.27
1010
8.54
1016 9.03
1045 9.53
1073 10.03
9.77
1039 10.28
1067 10.80
1095 11.32
948 9.65
978 10.15
1008 10.67
1036 11.19
1064 11.72
1092 12.25
1119 12.79
982 11.21
1010 11.74
1038 12.27
1066 12.81
1093 13.35
1119 13.90
1145 14.45
991 12.46
1019 12.99
1046 13.53
1072 14.08
1098 14.63
1124 15.19
1149 15.76
1174 16.32
1032 14.43
1058 14.99
1084 15.55
1109 16.11
1134 16.68
1158 17.26
1182 17.84
1206 18.42
1075 16.64
1100 17.21
1124 17.79
1148 18.38
1171 18.97
1195 19.55
1218 20.15
1241 20.75
1120 19.08
1143 19.68
1166 20.27
1189 20.88
1211 21.49
1234 22.09
1256 22.71
1277 23.32
1165 21.76
1188 22.38
1210 23.00
1231 23.62
1253 24.25
1274 24.88
1295 25.51
1213 24.71
1234 25.35
1255 25.99
1276 26.63
1296 27.27
— — — —
1261 27.92
1281 28.58
— — — —
— — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
1100 10.54
1126 11.05
1152 11.56
1177 12.08
1122 11.85
1148 12.38
1174 12.91
1199 13.45
1145 13.33
1171 13.88
1196 14.43
1221 14.99
1171 15.01
1196 15.57
1220 16.14
1245 16.72
1199 16.90
1223 17.48
1247 18.06
1270 18.65
1230 19.01
1253 19.60
1276 20.20
1299 20.80
1263 21.35
1285 21.96
1299 23.94
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
71
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
Table 26 — Fan Performance, 48AW,AY060 — Horizontal Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
516
584
619
654
4.81
6.90
8.13
9.49
689 10.99
725 12.64
760 14.43
796 16.37
569
632
5.54
7.69
664 8.96
697 10.36
730 11.90
764 13.58
798 15.41
833 17.39
617
676
6.30
8.50
706 9.79
737 11.22
769 12.79
801 14.51
834 16.37
867 18.39
660
716
7.10
9.33
745 10.65
775 12.10
806 13.69
837 15.43
868 17.32
900 19.37
701 7.93
754 10.20
782 11.53
811 13.00
840 14.61
870 16.38
900 18.29
931 20.36
739 8.79
790 11.10
817 12.44
845 13.93
873 15.56
902 17.34
932 19.27
962 21.36
774 9.68
824 12.02
850 13.38
877 14.88
808 10.59
857 12.97
882 14.35
908 15.86
904 16.53
933 18.32
935 17.52
962 19.33
961 20.27
990 21.29
991 22.38
1019 23.42
832 18.47
869 20.74
905 23.17
942 25.78
867 19.54
902 21.84
901 20.56
934 22.90
932 21.57
965 23.94
963 22.59
992 23.61
1020 24.65
1048 25.71
995 24.98
1023 26.03
1051 27.09
1077 28.17
937 24.31
968 25.40
998 26.48
1027 27.55
1055 28.62
1081 29.70
1107 30.79
973 26.95
1003 28.08
1032 29.18
1059 30.28
1086 31.38
1113 32.48
1138 33.59
978 28.56
1008 29.77
1037 30.93
1065 32.07
1092 33.20
1119 34.32
1144 35.44
1169 36.58
1015 31.52
1044 32.76
1072 33.96
1099 35.13
1125 36.29
1151 37.44
1176 38.59
— —
1052 34.66
1080 35.94
1107 37.18
1133 38.38
1159 39.57
1184 40.75
— — — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
841 11.52
888 13.94
912 15.33
938 16.86
872 12.46
917 14.92
941 16.34
966 17.88
901 13.42
946 15.92
930 14.38
958 15.36
985 16.34
1011 17.33
1036 18.33
974 16.94
1001 17.97
1027 19.01
1052 20.06
1077 21.12
970 17.36
997 18.40
1024 19.45
1049 20.51
1074 21.58
1099 22.67
994 18.93
1021 19.98
1047 21.05
1072 22.14
1097 23.23
1121 24.34
964 18.54
992 19.58
1019 20.63
1045 21.70
1071 22.79
1096 23.89
1120 25.01
1144 26.13
990 20.36
1018 21.41
1045 22.48
1070 23.57
1096 24.67
1120 25.79
1144 26.93
1167 28.07
1018 22.34
1045 23.40
1071 24.49
1096 25.59
1121 26.71
1145 27.84
1169 28.99
1192 30.16
1046 24.48
1072 25.56
1098 26.66
1123 27.77
1147 28.90
1171 30.05
1194 31.21
— —
1074 26.78
1100 27.87
1125 28.99
1150 30.12
1173 31.26
1197 32.42
1103 29.26
1129 30.36
1153 31.49
1177 32.63
— — — —
1133 31.90
1157 33.02
1181 34.16
1163 34.72
1187 35.86
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1193 37.72
— —
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1061 19.33
1085 20.34
1108 21.35
1131 22.36
1101 22.18
1125 23.25
1148 24.33
1170 25.42
1122 23.76
1146 24.86
1168 25.97
1191 27.08
1144 25.45
1167 26.58
1190 27.71
— —
1167 27.27
1190 28.42
1190 29.23
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
72
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
Table 27 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK024,034 — Vertical Discharge Units
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.3 in. wg)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
340
384
432
483
536
549
590
645
0.83
416
1.25
453
1.79
495
2.48
540
3.33
588
3.57
600
4.34
637
5.54
689
1.17
480
1.61
513
2.19
550
2.91
591
3.78
635
4.02
646
4.82
681
6.04
729
1.52
1.99
2.59
3.33
4.23
4.48
5.30
6.54
537
566
600
638
679
690
722
768
1.90
2.39
3.01
3.77
4.69
4.95
5.78
7.04
588
615
647
682
720
730
762
805
2.29
2.79
3.43
4.22
5.16
5.42
6.27
7.56
635
660
690
723
759
769
799
840
2.69
3.21
3.87
4.67
5.64
5.90
6.77
8.07
679
703
730
762
797
806
834
874
3.11
3.64
4.31
5.14
6.12
6.39
7.27
8.59
720
742
769
799
832
841
868
906
701
757
6.92
741
8.49
795
7.44
779
9.04
830
7.96
9.59
786 9.36
822 9.92
856 10.47
814 10.28
849 10.84
883 11.41
816 8.49
865 10.14
890 11.03
915 11.98
850 9.03
898 10.69
922 11.60
946 12.56
884 9.56
929 11.25
916 10.10
960 11.81
947 10.65
990 12.37
953 12.16
983 12.73
1012 13.31
976 13.13
1006 13.71
1034 14.30
857 11.75
890 12.34
922 12.92
871 12.27
904 12.86
936 13.45
953
966
13.51
14.05
983
996
14.10
14.64
1012
1025
14.69
15.23
1041
1053
15.28
15.83
1068
1080
15.88
16.43
929 14.50
960 15.10
990 15.71
1019 16.33
1047 16.94
1074 17.55
1101 18.17
1127 18.79
3.53
4.08
4.77
5.61
6.61
6.88
7.77
9.12
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
8,250
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
12,500
13,000
13,750
14,000
15,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
759
780
805
834
866
874
901
938
3.97
4.53
5.23
6.09
7.10
7.38
8.29
9.65
796
816
840
868
4.42
4.99
5.70
6.57
899
907
7.60
7.89
932 8.80
968 10.18
831
851
874
901
4.87
5.45
6.18
7.07
865
884
906
932
5.34
5.93
6.67
7.56
897
916
937
962
5.81
6.41
7.16
8.07
929
946
968
992
6.30
6.90
959
976
7.66
997
8.58
1020
6.79
988
7.40
1005
8.17
1025
9.10
1048
7.28
7.91
8.69
9.63
930
938
8.11
8.40
961
968
8.62
8.92
990
998
9.14
1019
9.44
1026
9.67
1047 10.20
1074 10.74
9.97
1054 10.50
1081 11.04
963 9.33
992 9.86
1021 10.39
1049 10.93
1076 11.48
1102 12.03
997 10.72
1026 11.27
1054 11.82
1081 12.37
1107 12.93
1133 13.49
977 11.19
1006 11.75
1035 12.30
1062 12.87
1089 13.43
1115 14.00
1141 14.57
1166 15.15
1019 12.94
1047 13.51
1074 14.08
1100 14.66
1126 15.24
1152 15.83
1177 16.42
1201 17.01
1040 13.88
1067 14.46
1094 15.05
1120 15.63
1146 16.22
1171 16.82
1195 17.41
1062 14.88
1089 15.47
1115 16.06
1140 16.66
1166 17.25
1190 17.86
— —
—
—
—
—
1095 16.48
1121 17.08
1147 17.68
1172 18.29
1196 18.90
1106 17.04
1132 17.64
1157 18.25
1182 18.86
— —
1152 19.41
1177 20.04
1200 20.66
— — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
Rpm
1017
1033
1053
1075
1100
1107
1128
1158
1190
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.4
Bhp
7.79
8.42
9.21
10.16
11.28
11.59
12.58
14.06
15.74
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1045
1061
1080
1102
1126
1133
1153
1183
3.6
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.30
8.94
9.73
10.69
11.83
12.14
13.14
14.63
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1072
1087
1106
1127
1151
1158
1178
—
3.8
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.82
9.46
10.27
11.24
12.38
12.69
13.70
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
73
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
Table 28 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK038,044 — Vertical Discharge Units
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.5 in. wg)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
429
475
523
571
620
670
720
771
1.70
2.36
3.11
4.00
5.04
6.24
7.61
9.15
484
525
567
612
2.40
3.09
3.97
5.01
658
705
6.22
7.61
752 9.19
801 10.97
536
571
610
651
2.70
3.49
4.39
5.46
694
738
6.69
8.10
784 9.70
830 11.51
584
616
651
689
3.10
3.90
4.82
5.91
729
771
7.17
8.60
814 10.23
859 12.05
630
658
690
725
3.50
4.31
5.26
6.37
763
803
7.65
9.11
844 10.75
887 12.60
674
699
728
761
3.90
4.74
5.71
6.84
796
834
8.14
9.62
874 11.29
915 13.15
716
738
765
795
4.30
5.17
6.16
7.31
829 8.64
865 10.13
902 11.82
942 13.71
756
776
801
829
4.80
5.61
6.62
7.79
860 9.14
894 10.65
931 12.36
969 14.27
822 10.88
873 12.80
924 14.91
976 17.24
850
899
949
999
12.95
15.16
17.59
20.26
877
925
974
1023
13.52
15.74
18.20
20.88
904
951
998
1046
14.08
16.33
18.80
21.51
931
976
1022
1068
14.65
16.92
19.41
22.14
957
1001
1045
1091
15.22
17.51
20.03
22.77
983
1025
1069
1113
15.80
18.11
20.64
23.41
1008
1049
1092
1135
16.38
18.71
21.26
24.05
1027 19.77
1050 23.17
1072 23.82
1094 24.46
1115 25.11
1137 25.76
1158 26.42
1179 27.07
1079 22.53
1100 26.33
1122 27.00
1142 27.66
1163 28.33
1183 29.00
— — — —
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
794
813
835
862
5.20
6.06
7.09
8.28
832
848
869
893
5.62
6.52
7.56
8.77
868
883
902
925
6.06
6.98
8.04
9.27
903
916
934
955
6.52
7.45
8.53
9.77
937
949
6.98
7.92
971
981
7.44
1003
8.40
1012
7.92
1035
8.89
1042
8.40
9.38
965 9.02
995 9.52
1025 10.02
1054 10.53
985 10.28
1014 10.79
1043 11.31
1071 11.84
891 9.64
924 11.18
921 10.15
952 11.71
951 10.67
980 11.19
1008 11.71
1036 12.24
1064 12.78
1090 13.32
980 12.24
1008 12.78
1035 13.32
1062 13.87
1088 14.42
1114 14.98
958 12.91
986 13.45
1012 14.01
1039 14.56
1064 15.13
1090 15.69
1115 16.26
1140 16.83
995 14.83
1021 15.40
1046 15.97
1071 16.55
1096 17.13
1120 17.71
1144 18.29
1168 18.89
1033 16.96
1058 17.55
1082 18.14
1106 18.73
1130 19.33
1153 19.93
1176 20.54
1199 21.14
1073 19.31
1097 19.92
1120 20.52
1143 21.14
1165 21.75
1188 22.37
— — — —
1114 21.88
1137 22.51
1159 23.13
1181 23.76
1156 24.69
1178 25.33
1199 25.98
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
1066
1072
1083
1098
1117
1139
1164
1191
3.4
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
8.88
9.88
11.04
12.37
13.86
15.54
17.41
19.48
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
1096
1101
1111
1125
1143
1164
1188
—
3.6
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
9.38
10.39
11.56
12.90
14.41
16.11
17.99
—
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
1125
1130
1139
1152
1169
1189
—
—
3.8
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
9.88
10.90
12.08
13.44
14.96
16.68
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
74
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
Table 29 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK048 — Vertical Discharge Units
(For EW,EY units, reduce net available external static pressure by 0.5 in. wg)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
528
577
627
677
3.20
4.10
5.10
6.30
728
779
7.71
9.28
830 11.03
882 12.97
572
617
664
711
760
809
858
908
4.00
5.10
6.30
7.70
9.31
11.11
13.13
15.36
615
657
700
745
791
838
886
934
4.40
5.50
6.80
8.20
9.83
11.65
13.69
15.95
656
694
735
778
822
867
913
960
4.90
6.00
7.30
8.70
10.35
12.20
14.26
16.54
695
731
769
809
851
895
939
985
5.30
6.40
7.70
9.20
10.88
12.75
14.83
17.13
733
766
802
841
881
923
966
1010
5.80
6.90
8.20
9.70
11.42
13.31
15.41
17.73
769
801
835
871
909
950
991
1034
6.20
7.40
8.70
10.20
11.95
13.87
15.99
18.33
805
834
866
901
938
976
1017
1058
6.70
7.90
9.20
10.80
12.50
14.43
16.57
18.93
934 15.12
959 17.83
983 18.44
1008 19.05
1031 19.66
1055 20.28
1078 20.89
1101 21.52
986 17.47
1010 20.53
1033 21.16
1056 21.79
1078 22.42
1101 23.06
1123 23.70
1145 24.34
1038 20.05
1061 23.49
1083 24.13
1105 24.78
1126 25.44
1147 26.09
1169 26.75
1190 27.41
1091 22.84
1112 26.69
1133 27.36
1154 28.03
1174 28.70
1195 29.37
— — — —
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
14,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
1.8
2.0
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
839
866
7.10
8.40
897 9.70
930 11.30
873
898
7.62
8.85
927 10.24
958 11.82
905
929
8.10
9.34
937
959
8.59
9.85
968 9.08
999 9.57
1028 10.08
1057 10.58
989 10.36
1018 10.87
1047 11.39
1075 11.91
956 10.76
985 11.28
1013 11.81
1041 12.34
1068 12.87
1095 13.41
986 12.36
1014 12.90
1041 13.44
1067 13.99
1093 14.54
1119 15.10
965 13.04
992 13.59
1019 14.15
1045 14.71
1071 15.27
1096 15.84
1121 16.41
1146 16.98
1002 14.99
1028 15.56
1054 16.14
1079 16.71
1103 17.30
1127 17.88
1151 18.47
1175 19.06
1041 17.15
1066 17.74
1090 18.34
1114 18.93
1138 19.53
1161 20.13
1184 20.74
1082 19.52
1105 20.14
1128 20.75
1151 21.37
1174 21.99
1196 22.61
— —
—
—
—
—
1124 22.14
1146 22.77
1168 23.40
1190 24.03
1166 24.98
1188 25.63
— — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
Rpm
1086
1102
1122
1144
1170
1198
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.4
Bhp
11.10
12.44
13.96
15.66
17.56
19.66
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1114
1129
1147
1169
1194
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.6
Bhp
11.61
12.97
14.51
16.23
18.14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rpm
1141
1155
1173
1194
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.8
Bhp
12.14
13.51
15.06
16.80
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb
(entering wet bulb) conditions.
75
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
Table 30 — Fan Performance, 48EJ,EK054-068 — Vertical Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
420
473
556
584
2.89
486
4.27
537
7.05
616
8.18
643
3.60
539
5.10
589
4.27
5.87
8.06
666 8.99
9.25
692 10.24
612 9.42
670 10.56
718 11.60
640 10.78
697 11.98
745 13.08
669 12.26
724 13.51
771 14.67
698 13.86
752 15.17
798 16.38
584
633
4.93
6.62
709 9.89
735 11.19
760 12.60
786 14.12
813 15.77
839 17.53
624
673
5.59
7.36
748 10.76
773 12.11
799 13.56
824 15.13
850 16.83
876 18.64
660
709
6.25
8.10
783 11.62
808 13.01
833 14.51
859 16.12
884 17.86
910 19.72
694
742
6.91
8.83
816 12.47
841 13.90
866 15.44
891 17.10
916 18.87
942 20.78
725
773
7.57
9.56
846 13.31
871 14.78
896 16.36
921 18.06
946 19.88
972 21.82
726 15.58
780 16.96
825 18.22
756 17.44
808 18.87
853 20.19
785 19.43
836 20.92
880 22.30
814 21.56
864 23.11
907 24.54
866 19.42
892 21.45
919 23.60
946 25.90
902 20.58
929 22.65
936 21.71
962 23.82
968 22.81
997 23.89
993 24.97
1023 26.10
955 24.86
988 26.08
1019 27.27
1049 28.44
982 27.20
1015 28.47
1045 29.70
1074 30.91
843 23.83
892 25.44
935 26.92
973 28.33
1008 29.68
1041 31.00
1072 32.28
1100 33.53
873 26.25
921 27.91
963 29.45
1001 30.91
1035 32.31
1068 33.67
1098 35.00
1127 36.29
903 28.82
950 30.53
991 32.12
1028 33.63
1062 35.09
1094 36.49
1124 37.86
1153 39.21
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
755 8.24
802 10.30
875 14.15
900 15.65
783 8.92
830 11.04
903 14.99
927 16.53
809 9.60
857 11.78
929 15.83
954 17.40
835 10.29
882 12.52
859 10.98
906 13.27
883 11.68
930 14.03
905 12.39
953 14.79
927 13.10
974 15.55
954 16.67
978 17.51
1002 18.35
1024 19.19
1046 20.04
979 18.27
1003 19.14
1026 20.01
1048 20.89
1070 21.76
925 17.27
950 19.01
952 18.18
978 19.09
1003 19.99
1027 20.90
1050 21.80
1072 22.70
1094 23.61
977 19.95
1003 20.90
1028 21.84
1051 22.77
1075 23.71
1097 24.64
1118 25.58
975 20.87
1002 21.85
1028 22.83
1052 23.80
1076 24.77
1099 25.74
1121 26.71
1143 27.67
1000 22.85
1027 23.87
1052 24.89
1077 25.90
1101 26.90
1124 27.90
1146 28.90
1167 29.90
1025 24.96
1052 26.02
1077 27.07
1102 28.12
1126 29.16
1148 30.19
1170 31.23
1192 32.26
1051 27.21
1077 28.31
1103 29.40
1127 30.48
1151 31.55
1173 32.62
1195 33.69
— —
1076 29.59
1103 30.73
1128 31.85
1152 32.97
1176 34.08
1198 35.19
1102 32.11
1128 33.28
1153 34.45
1178 35.61
1201 36.75
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1128 34.77
1154 35.99
1179 37.19
1154 37.57
1180 38.83
— —
1180 40.53
— — — —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
949
996
1067
1091
1115
1139
1164
1188
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
13.81
16.31
20.88
22.64
24.51
26.51
28.64
30.90
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
970
1016
1088
1112
1136
1160
1184
—
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14.54
17.09
21.73
23.52
25.42
27.45
29.60
—
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
990
1037
1108
1131
1156
1180
—
—
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15.26
17.86
22.59
24.40
26.33
28.39
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on dry coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in the cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.
76
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
Table 31 — Fan Performance, 48EW,EY054-068 — Horizontal Discharge Units
0.2
0.4
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
447
509
606
639
2.9
4.4
7.3
8.5
672 9.8
705 11.2
738 12.8
772 14.5
508
567
659
690
3.6
5.1
8.2
9.4
721 10.8
753 12.3
785 13.9
817 15.6
558
615
4.2
5.8
704 9.0
734 10.3
765 11.7
795 13.3
826 14.9
858 16.7
601
657
4.8
6.5
744 9.9
773 11.2
803 12.6
833 14.2
864 15.9
894 17.7
640
695
5.4
7.2
780 10.7
809 12.0
838 13.5
868 15.1
898 16.9
928 18.8
675
729
6.0
7.9
813 11.5
842 12.9
871 14.4
900 16.1
929 17.8
959 19.7
707
761
6.6
8.6
844 12.2
873 13.7
738
791
7.3
9.3
874 13.0
902 14.5
901 15.3
930 17.0
930 16.1
959 17.8
959 18.8
987 19.7
989 20.7
1016 21.7
806 16.3
840 18.3
874 20.4
908 22.7
850 17.5
883 19.5
915 21.7
948 24.0
889 18.6
921 20.7
925 19.7
956 21.8
958 20.8
989 21.8
1018 22.8
1046 23.8
989 22.9
1019 24.0
1048 25.0
1075 26.1
953 22.9
987 24.1
1019 25.2
1049 26.3
1078 27.4
1105 28.5
985 25.3
1019 26.5
1050 27.6
1080 28.8
1108 29.9
1135 31.0
942 25.1
982 26.5
1018 27.8
1051 29.0
1082 30.2
1111 31.4
1138 32.6
1165 33.7
976 27.7
1015 29.1
1050 30.4
1083 31.7
1113 33.0
1142 34.2
1169 35.4
1195 36.6
1011 30.4
1048 31.9
1083 33.2
1115 34.6
1145 35.9
1173 37.1
1200 38.4
— —
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
10,000
12,000
15,000
16,000
17,000
18,000
19,000
20,000
21,000
22,000
23,000
24,000
25,000
26,000
27,000
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
766
820
7.9
9.9
901 13.8
929 15.3
794 8.50
847 10.62
928 14.59
955 16.14
820 9.13
872 11.30
844 9.76
897 11.99
868 10.40
921 12.68
891 11.04
943 13.37
914 11.69
965 14.07
935 12.34
987 14.77
953 15.36
977 16.14
1001 16.92
1023 17.69
1045 18.47
1066 19.26
981 16.95
1005 17.75
1028 18.56
1050 19.37
1072 20.18
1093 20.98
957 17.0
983 17.81
1008 18.65
1032 19.49
1055 20.33
1077 21.16
1099 22.00
1120 22.84
986 18.7
1011 19.60
1036 20.48
1060 21.35
1083 22.22
1105 23.08
1126 23.95
1147 24.82
1014 20.6
1040 21.53
1064 22.43
1088 23.34
1110 24.24
1132 25.14
1154 26.03
1174 26.93
1043 22.6
1068 23.58
1092 24.52
1116 25.46
1138 26.39
1160 27.32
1181 28.25
— —
1072 24.8
1097 25.78
1121 26.75
1144 27.72
1167 28.68
1188 29.64
1101 27.1
1126 28.11
1150 29.12
1173 30.12
1195 31.11
— —
1130 29.5
1155 30.58
1179 31.62
1160 32.1
1184 33.20
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1190 34.9
— —
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
956
1008
1087
1113
1140
1167
1195
—
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12.99
15.48
20.04
21.80
23.68
25.68
27.82
—
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
976
1028
1106
1133
1160
1187
—
—
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
13.66
16.19
20.82
22.61
24.52
26.55
—
—
Rpm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
996
1047
1126
1152
1179
—
—
—
Bhp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14.32
16.90
21.61
23.42
25.36
—
—
—
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on dry coils, economizer, roof curb, cabinet losses, and clean 2-in. filters.
2. Conversion — Bhp to watts:
Watts =
Bhp x 746
Motor Efficiency
3. Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in the cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited by edb (entering dry bulb) and ewb (entering wet bulb) conditions.
77
Table 32A — Fan Performance — Power Exhaust, 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
208 v
LOW SPEED
230, 460, 575 v
6,500
6,700
6,900
7,100
7,300
7,500
7,700
7,900
8,100
8,500
8,900
9,300
9,700
10,100
10,500
10,900
11,300
11,700
LEGEND
Bhp
— Brake Horsepower
ESP
— External Static Pressure (in. wg)
Watts — Input Watts to Motor
208 v
MEDIUM SPEED
230, 460, 575 v 208 v
HIGH SPEED
230, 460, 575 v
ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.32
2.82
3160 0.70
2.98
3340 — — — — — —
0.23
2.87
3220 0.63
3.03
3400 0.60
3.01
3380 0.82
3.23
3620
0.17
2.92
3270 0.59
3.09
3460 0.55
3.07
3440 0.78
3.28
3680
0.13
2.93
3290 0.56
3.11
3490 0.49
3.12
3500 0.73
3.34
3740
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.09
2.97
3330 0.53
3.15
3530 0.43
3.18
3560 0.68
3.39
3800
— — — 0.51
3.19
3580 0.39
3.24
3630 0.64
3.44
3860
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.48
0.45
3.23
3.27
3620
3670
0.33
0.27
3.27
3.32
3670
3720
0.59
0.54
3.48
3.52
3900
3950
—
—
0.60
0.56
—
—
3.69
3.74
—
—
4140
4190
—
—
0.73
0.69
—
—
3.98
4.02
—
—
4460
4510
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.40
3.33
3730 0.22
3.36
3770 0.49
3.57
4000 0.51
3.78
4240 0.65
4.07
4560
— — — 0.17
3.47
3890 0.40
3.67
4120 0.41
3.83
4290 0.56
4.12
4620
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3.58
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4010
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.30
0.22
3.77
3.87
4230
4340
0.31
0.20
3.93
4.07
4410
4560
0.47
0.37
4.23
4.37
4740
4900
0.16
3.95
4430 0.11
4.17
4670 0.30
4.47
5010
0.12
4.03
4520 0.04
4.25
4770 0.23
4.56
5110
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.17
0.12
0.07
0.04
4.66
4.75
4.80
4.83
5220
5330
5380
5420
Table 32B — Fan Performance — Power Exhaust, 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
208 v
LOW SPEED
230, 460, 575 v
9,750
10,050
10,350
10,650
10,950
11,250
11,550
11,850
12,150
12,750
13,350
13,950
14,550
15,150
15,750
16,350
16,950
17,550
LEGEND
Bhp
— Brake Horsepower
ESP
— External Static Pressure (in. wg)
Watts — Input Watts to Motor
208 v
MEDIUM SPEED
230, 460, 575 v 208 v
HIGH SPEED
230, 460, 575 v
ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts ESP Bhp Watts
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.32
4.23
4740 0.70
4.47
5010 — — — — — — —
0.23
4.31
4830 0.63
4.55
5100 0.60
4.52
5070 0.82
4.84
5430
0.17
4.37
4905 0.59
4.63
5190 0.55
4.60
5160 0.78
4.92
5520
0.13
4.40
4935 0.56
4.67
5235 0.49
4.68
5250 0.73
5.00
5610
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.09
4.46
4995 0.53
4.72
5295 0.43
4.76
5340 0.68
5.08
5700
— — — 0.51
4.79
5370 0.39
4.86
5445 0.64
5.16
5790
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.48
0.45
4.84
4.91
5430
5505
0.33
0.27
4.91
4.98
5505
5580
0.59
0.54
5.22
5.28
5850
5925
—
—
0.60
0.56
—
—
5.54
5.61
—
—
6210
6285
—
—
0.73
0.69
—
—
5.97
6.03
—
—
6690
6765
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.40
4.99
5595 0.22
5.04
5655 0.49
5.35
6000 0.51
5.67
6360 0.65
6.10
6840
— — — 0.17
5.20
5835 0.40
5.51
6180 0.41
5.74
6435 0.56
6.18
6930
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.36
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6015
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.30
0.22
5.66
5.81
6345
6510
0.31
0.20
5.90
6.10
6615
6840
0.47
0.37
6.34
6.56
7110
7350
0.16
5.93
6645 0.11
6.25
7005 0.30
6.70
7515
0.12
6.05
6780 0.04
6.38
7155 0.23
6.84
7665
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.17
0.12
0.07
0.04
6.98
7.13
7.20
7.25
7830
7995
8070
8130
78
Nominal Bhp
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
Table 33 — Motor Limitations
Maximum Bhp
22.4
23.4
28.9
29.4
35.6
34.7
42.0
5.9
8.7
9.5
10.2
11.8
15.3
18.0
STANDARD EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum Amps
230 v
14.6
460 v
7.9
575 v
6.0
22.0
—
28.0
—
—
12.0
—
14.6
—
10.0
—
12.0
43.8
—
62.0
—
72.0
—
95.0
—
110.0
—
21.9
—
28.7
—
37.4
—
48.0
55.0
—
19.0
—
23.0
—
31.0
—
47.0
48.8
Maximum
Watts
5,030
7,717
8,008
8,502
9,836
12,543
14,756
18,363
19,183
23,511
23,918
28,742
28,015
33,690
Maximum
Efficiency
91.0
91.0
91.7
91.7
92.4
92.4
93.0
87.5
84.1
88.5
89.5
89.5
91.0
91.0
Nominal Bhp
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
Maximum Bhp
23.4
28.9
29.4
35.6
34.7
42.0
5.9
8.7
9.5
10.2
11.8
15.3
18.0
22.4
HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum Amps
230 v 460 v
15.8
22.0
—
28.0
—
43.8
7.9
—
12.0
—
15.0
—
21.9
— 58.2
—
73.0
—
82.6
—
110.0
28.7
—
36.3
—
41.7
55.0
40
LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
NOTES:
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has ensured that the full horsepower range of the motor can be utilized with confidence. Using your fan motors up to the
Maximum
Watts
4,918
7,078
7,728
8,298
9,600
12,273
14,439
17,853
18,650
23,034
23,432
28,374
27,656
33,156
Maximum
Efficiency
89.5
91.7
91.7
91.7
91.7
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.5
horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failure. Unit warranty will not be affected.
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards effective October 24, 1997.
Table 34 — Air Quality Limits
UNIT
48AJ,AK,AW,A
Y
020
025
027
030
035
040
—
050
—
—
060
—
UNIT
48EJ,EK,EW,EY
MINIMUM HEATING
AIRFLOW
(Low Heat)
5,900
024
028
030
034
038
044
048
—
054
058
064
068
5,900
5,900
5,900
7,600
7,600
7,600
7,600
11,000
11,000
11,000
11,000
MINIMUM HEATING
AIRFLOW
(High Heat)
6,100
6,100
6,100
6,100
10,100
10,100
10,100
10,100
14,700
14,700
14,700
14,700
MINIMUM COOLING
AIRFLOW (VAV)
AT FULL LOAD OPERATION
4,000
5,000
5,400
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
10,000
11,000
12,000
13,000
MINIMUM COOLING
AIRFLOW
(CV
6,000
MAXIMUM
AIRFLOW
7,500
8,100
9,000
10,500
12,000
13,500
15,000
15,000
16,500
18,000
19,500
10,000
12,500
13,500
15,000
17,500
20,000
22,500
22,500
25,000
27,000
27,000
27,000
LEGEND
CV
— Constant Volume
edb
— Entering Dry Bulb
ewb — Entering Wet Bulb
VAV — Variable Air Volume
NOTE: Variable Air Volume units will operate down to 70 cfm/ton in
Cooling mode. Performance at 70 cfm/ton is limited to unloaded operation and may be additionally limited to edb and ewb conditions.
79
Return-Air Filters —
Check that correct filters are installed in filter tracks (see Tables 1A and 1B). Do not operate unit without return-air filters.
Filter Replacement —
To replace filters, open filter access door (marked with label). Remove inner access panel. Remove plastic filter retainer in between filter tracks by sliding and pulling outward. Remove first filter by sliding it out of the opening in filter track. Locate filter removal tool, which is shipped next to the return air dampers. Use the filter removal tool to remove the rest of the filters.
Outdoor-Air Inlet Screens —
Outdoor-air inlet screens must be in place before operating unit.
Economizer Adjustment —
Remove filter access panel. Check that outdoor-air damper is closed and return-air damper is open.
Economizer operation and adjustment are described in
Sequence of Operation section on this page; and Step 10 —
Make Outdoor Air Inlet Adjustments section on page 48.
Gas Heat —
Verify gas pressures before turning on heat as follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external to unit.
2. Connect pressure gage to supply gas tap, located on fieldsupplied manual shutoff valve (see Fig. 23 on page 29).
3. Connect pressure gage to manifold pressure tap on unit gas valve.
4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.
5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand.
Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat. On
VAV units, the RAT (return-air temperature) must be less than or equal to 68 F for heating to be energized.
6. Use the field test procedure to verify heat operation.
7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that incoming pressure is 6.0 in. wg or greater, and that the manifold pressure is 3.5 in. wg. If manifold pressure must be adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section on page 93.
Sequence of Operation
NOTE: Unit is shipped with default values that can be changed through Service Tool, Building Supervisor, or Comfort-
WORKS® software or using an accessory Remote Enhanced
Display. See Table 35 for default values.
COOLING, CONSTANT VOLUME (CV) UNITS — On power up, the control module will activate the initialization software of the control board. The initialization software then reads DIP switch no. 1 position to determine CV or VAV operation. Next, DIP switch no. 2 is read to determine if the control is thermostat or sensor type operation. If switch 2 is open, then sensors are employed. If switch no. 2 is closed, thermostat is employed. Initialization sequence clears all alarms and alerts, remaps the input/output database for CV operation, sets maximum heat stages to 2, and sets maximum cool stages to 3. The control module reads DIP switch no. 3 and determines if the unit will use expansion board operation.
The first time power is sent to the control board after a power outage, power up takes 5 minutes plus a random 1 to
63 seconds.
The TSTAT function performs a thermostat based control by monitoring Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G inputs. These functions control stages cool1, cool2, heat1, heat2, and indoor fan, respectively. If TSTAT function is NOT selected, the control determines the occupancy state on the Time Schedules or with remote occupied/unoccupied input. If Temperature Compensated
80
Start is active, the unit will be controlled as in the Occupied mode. User-defined set points are shown in Table 35.
Table 36 lists the software link points addressable by
DataPort™ and DataLINK™, Carrier devices that allow access to unit control by non-Carrier energy management systems (EMS).
The occupied or unoccupied comfort set points must be selected and the space temperature offset input will be used, if present. The Occupied Heat set point default value is 68 F. The
Occupied Cool set point default value is 78 F. The Unoccupied
Heat set point default value is 55 F. The Unoccupied Cool set point value is 90 F. The control board will set appropriate operating mode and fan control. The control board will turn on indoor fan, if in Occupied mode, or determine if unit is in Unoccupied mode and the space temperature is outside of the unoccupied comfort set points, (Unoccupied Heat or Unoccupied
Cool).
The control board will then monitor space temperature against comfort set points and control heating or cooling stages as required. If system is in the Occupied mode, the economizer will operate as required. If the system is in Unoccupied mode, the system will perform nighttime free cool and IAQ (indoor air quality) pre-occupancy purge as required (when functions are enabled via software). Whenever the DX (direct expansion) cooling is requested, the outdoor fan will operate.
The control board will operate economizer, run diagnostics to monitor alarms/alerts at all times, and respond to CCN communications to perform any configured network POC (product outboard control) functions such as time and outdoor-air temperature broadcast and Global occupancy broadcast. When the optional expansion I/O board is employed, it will: perform periodic scan and maintain database of expanded I/O points, perform Fire/Smoke control (power exhaust required); and if in
Occupied mode perform IAQ control and monitor fan, filter, demand limit, and field-applied status (with accessories).
If thermostats are used to energize the G input, the control will turn on indoor fan without delay and open economizer dampers to minimum position. If thermostats are used to deenergize the G input, the control board will turn off indoor fan without any delay and close economizer dampers.
When cooling, G must be energized before cooling can operate. The control board determines if outdoor conditions are suitable for economizer cooling using the standard outdoor air thermistor. For economizer to function for free cooling, the enthalpy must be low, the outdoor air must equal to or less than the High Outdoor Air Temperature Lockout (default is 65 F), the SAT (supply-air temperature) thermistor is NOT in alarm, and outdoor air reading is available. When these conditions are satisfied, the control board will use economizer as the first stage of cooling.
When Y1 input is energized, the economizer will be modulated to maintain SAT at the defined set point. The default is
55 F. When SAT is above the set point, the economizer will be
100% open. When SAT is below the set point, the economizer will modulate between minimum and 100% open position.
When Y2 is energized, the control module will turn on compressor no. 1 and continue to modulate economizer as described above. If the Y2 remains energized and the SAT reading remains above the set point for 15 minutes, compressor no. 2 will turn on. If Y2 is deenergized at any time, only the last stage of compression that was energized will be turned off. If outdoor conditions are not suitable for economizer cooling, the economizer will go to minimum position and cycle compressor no. 1 and 2 based on demand from Y1 and Y2 respectively.
The compressors will be locked out when the SAT temperature is too low (less than 40 F for compressor no. 1 and less than
45 F for compressor no. 2.) After a compressor is locked out, it can restart after normal time guard period.
Table 35 — User Defined Set Points
SET POINT
NAME
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
SASP
OATL
NTLO
RTIO
LIMT
MDP
LOWMDP
IAQS
UHDB
UCDB
LTMP
HTMP
PES1
PES2
xxxx xx.xF
xx.xF
xxx% xxx% xxx% xxx%
LEGEND
CV
— Constant Volume
IAQ
— Indoor Air Quality
OAT — Outdoor-Air Temperature
FORMAT
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.xF
xx.x
xx.xF
xxx% xxx%
DESCRIPTION
Occupied Heat Set Point
Occupied Cool Set Point
Unoccupied Heat Set Point
Unoccupied Cool Set Point
Supply Air Set Point
Hi OAT Lockout Temperature
Unoccupied OAT Lockout Temperature
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
Minimum Damper Position
Low Temperature Minimum
Damper Position Override
IAQ Set Point
Unoccupied Heating Deadband
Unoccupied Cooling Deadband
Low Temp. Min. Position
High Temp. Min. Position
CV Power Exhaust Stage 1 Point
CV Power Exhaust Stage 2 Point
LIMITS
55 to 80 F
55 to 80 F
35 to 80 F
75 to 110 F
45 to 70 F
55 to 75 F
40 to 70 F
0 to 10
0 to 20° F
0 to 100%
0 to 100%
1 to 5000 PPM
0 to 10° F
0 to 10° F
0 to 100%
0 to 100%
0 to 100%
0 to 100%
SET POINT
SPT
SAT
RAT
OAT
CLSP
CCAP
HCAP
ECOS
SFSTAT
SF
ECONPOS
IQMP
PEXE
FLTS
FAS
RMTOCC
HS1
ENTH
IAQI
IAQO
SATRES
ALMLIGHT
DL
EVAC
PRES
PURG
FSD
Space Temperature
Supply-Air Temperature
Return-Air Temperature
Outside-Air Temperature
Control Set Point
Cooling % Total Capacity
Heating % Total Capacity
Economizer Active
Supply Fan Status
Fan Relay
Economizer Position
Min. Damper Position
Power Exhaust Enable
Filter Status
Field Applied Status
Remote Occupied Mode
General Data
Heat Stage 1
Enthalpy
Indoor Air Quality
Outdoor Air Quality
SAT Reset
Alarm Warning Light
Demand Limit Switch
Evacuation
Pressurization
Smoke Purge
Fire Shutdown
Table 36 — Software Control Link Points
DESCRIPTION SET POINT
HS2
STO
CVPE1
CVPE2
HIR
SPTRESET
CMP1
CMP1SAFE
CMP2
CMP2SAFE
ULD1
ULD2
OFC1
OFC2
Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G
CDEVCODE
CDEVURST
CDEVBCAK
PE1
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE5
PE6
DESCRIPTION
CV Data
Heat Stage 2
Space Temp. Offset
CV Power Exhaust Stg 1
CV Power Exhaust Stg 2
VAV Data
Heat Interlock Relay
Space Temp. Reset
Compressor 1
Compressor 1 Safety
Compressor 2
Compressor 2 Safety
Unloader 1
Unloader 2
Outdoor Fan 1
Outdoor Fan 2
Y1 — Call for Cool 1
Y2 — Call for Cool 2
W1 — Call for Heat 1
W2 — Call for Heat 2
G — Call for Fan
CONQUEST DEVICE CODE
CONQUEST UNIT RESET
CONQUEST BROADCAST ACK
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 1
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 2
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 3
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 4
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 5
Mod. Power Exhaust Stg 6
LEGEND
CV
— Constant Volume
VAV — Variable Air Volume
DEFAULT
68 F
78 F
55 F
90 F
55 F
65 F
50 F
3
10° F
20%
100%
650 PPM
1° F
1° F
10%
35%
25%
75%
81
The Time Guard® function maintains a minimum off time of 5 minutes, a minimum ON time of 10 seconds, and a minimum delay before starting the second compressor of
10 seconds.
If the compressors have been off for more than 15 minutes and the OAT (outdoor-air temperature) is less than 45 F, then the safeties will be ignored for 5 minutes. At all times, safeties will be used.
Heating and cooling will be mutually locked out on demand on a first call basis. The heating and the cooling functions cannot be operating simultaneously.
COOLING, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) UNITS —
On power up, the control module will activate the initialization software of the control board. The initialization software then reads DIP switch no. 1 position to determine CV or VAV operation. Initialization clears all alarms and alerts, re-maps the input/output database for VAV operation, sets maximum heat stages to 1 and sets maximum cool stages to 6. The control module reads DIP switch no. 3 and determines if the unit will use expansion board operation. Power up takes a random time of 1 to 63 seconds plus 5 minutes the first time power is sent to the control board after a power outage.
The control module will determine if an interface (linkage) is active and if the unit will operate in a Digital Air Volume
(DAV) mode. In a DAV system, the room terminals are equipped with microprocessor controls that give commands to the base unit module. If an interface is active, the control will replace local comfort set points, space and return air temperatures and occupancy status with the linkage data supplied.
The control module will determine occupancy status from
Time Schedules (if programmed), Remote Occupied/Unoccupied input, global occupancy, or DAV. If Temperature Compensated Start is active, the unit will be controlled as in the
Occupied mode.
NOTE: The temperature compensated start is a period of time calculated to bring the unit on while in Unoccupied mode to reach the occupied set point when occupancy occurs.
The control module will set the appropriate operating mode and fan control. The control module will turn VFD on if Occupied mode is evident.
For units equipped with a start/stop switch only (no space temperature sensor), if in Unoccupied mode and valid returnair temperature reading is available (either from a sensor or
DAV), the control will monitor return-air temperature against
Unoccupied Heat and Cool set points.
For units with a start/stop switch and a space temperature sensor, the control module will start the VFD whenever SPT is outside of the set points (Unoccupied Heat or Unoccupied
Cool). The VFD may also be started by nighttime thermostat via remote Occupied/Unoccupied input or by a Temperature
Compensated Start algorithm. When VFD is running in a normal mode, the control will start heating or cooling as required to maintain supply-air temperature at the supply air set point
(SASP) plus the reset (when enabled). The reset value is determined by SAT (supply-air temperature) reset and/or space temperature reset algorithms. The space temperature reset is only available when enabled through software.
When cooling, the control will energize the power exhaust enable output to the external power exhaust controller, when power exhaust is used.
If in Occupied mode, the control module will perform economizer control (economizer control same as described above for CV units). If in Unoccupied mode, the control module will perform nighttime free cool and IAQ pre-occupancy purge as required (when enabled through software). When DX (direct expansion) cooling is called, the outdoor fans will always operate.
82
The control will run continuous diagnostics for alarms/ alerts; respond to CCN communications and perform any configured network POC (product outboard controls) functions such as time and outdoor-air temperature broadcast and global broadcast; and perform Fire/Smoke control if equipped with power exhaust.
GAS HEATING, CONSTANT VOLUME (CV) UNITS —
The gas heat units incorporate 2 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-048) or 3 (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068) separate systems to provide gas heat. Each system incorporates its own induced-draft motor, Integrated Gas Control (IGC) board, 2 stage gas valve, manifold, etc. The systems are operated in parallel; for example, when there is a call for first stage heat, all induced-draft motors operate, all gas valves are energized, and both IGC boards initiate spark.
All of the gas heating control is performed through the IGC boards (located in the heating section). The control module board serves only to initiate and terminate heating operation.
The control module board is powered by 24 vac. When the thermostat or room sensor calls for heating, power is sent from the control module board to W on each of the IGC boards. An
LED on the IGC board will be on during normal operation. A check is made to ensure that the rollout switches and limit switches are closed and the induced-draft motors are not running. The induced-draft motors are then energized, and when speed is proven with the hall effect sensor on the motor, the ignition activation period begins. The burners will ignite within
5 seconds.
When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout and limit switches, the hall effect sensor, as well as the flame sensor. If the unit is controlled through a room thermostat set for fan auto., 45 seconds after ignition occurs, the indoor-fan motor will be energized and the outdoor-air dampers will open to their minimum position. If for some reason the overtemperature limit opens prior to the start of the indoor fan blower, on the next attempt, the 45-second delay will be shortened to 5 seconds less than the time from initiation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heating will continue. Once modified, the fan on delay will not change back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. If the unit is controlled through a room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and the outdoor-air dampers will be in the minimum position.
If the unit is controlled with a room sensor in the Unoccupied mode, the indoor fan will be energized through the IGC board with a 45-second delay and the outside-air dampers will move to the IAQ position (generally set to zero in the Unoccupied mode). The IAQ feature is enabled through system software. If IAQ is not enabled, dampers will move to the minimum position.
When additional heat is required, W2 closes and initiates power to the second stage of the main gas valves. When the thermostat is satisfied, W1 and W2 open and the gas valves close interrupting the flow of gas to the main burners. If the call for W1 lasted less than 1 minute, the heating cycle will not terminate until 1 minute after W1 became active. If the unit is controlled through a room thermostat set for fan auto., the indoor-fan motor will continue to operate for an additional
45 seconds then stop and the outdoor-air dampers will close. If the overtemperature limit opens after the indoor motor is stopped within 10 minutes of W1 becoming inactive, on the next cycle the time will be extended by 15 seconds. The maximum delay is 3 minutes. Once modified, the fan off delay will not change back to 45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. If the unit is controlled through a room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and turned off after
45 seconds in the Unoccupied mode.
GAS HEATING, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV)
UNITS — All of the gas heating control is performed through the integrated gas control (IGC) board. The control module board serves only to initiate and terminate heating operation.
NOTE: The unit is factory-configured for disabled occupied heating. DIP switch 5 is used to enable occupied heating (DIP switch 5 set to OPEN).
Variable Air Volume (VAV) occupied heat is controlled by return-air temperature (RAT) using a 5k thermistor located just below the outdoor-air dampers. A VAV unit without a space temperature sensor is also controlled by RAT. A VAV unit with a space temperature sensor has Unoccupied Heat controlled by space temperature (SPT).
The control module board is powered by 24 vac. When there is a call for heating (either Morning Warm-Up, Unoccupied, or Occupied modes), power is sent from the control module board to W on each of the IGC boards and W2 of the main gas valve. When heating, the control module board will energize a field-supplied heat interlock relay output to drive the
VAV terminal boxes wide open. The HIR is not required on a
DAV system. See Fig. 59. In the Occupied mode the indoor-fan motor will be operating and the outdoor-air dampers will be in the minimum position. In the Unoccupied mode the indoor-fan motor will be off, but will energize 45 seconds after the call for heat and the outdoor-air dampers will move to the IAQ
Unoccupied position (generally set to zero in the Unoccupied mode). The duct pressure sensor will signal to the variable frequency drive to operate at full speed since all terminals have been driven open. An LED on the IGC board will be on during normal operation. A check is made to ensure that the rollout switches and limit switches are closed and the induced-draft motors are not running. The induced-draft motors are then energized and when speed is proven with the hall effect sensor on the motor, the ignition activation period begins. The burners will ignite within 5 seconds.
When ignition occurs the IGC board will continue to monitor the condition of the rollout and limit switches, the hall effect sensor, and the flame sensor.
If the call for heat lasted less than 1 minute, the heating cycle will not terminate until 1 minute after heat became active.
When heating is satisfied, the power will be interrupted to the
IGC board and W1 and W2 of the main gas valve. If the unit is controlled through a room sensor, the indoor fan will be operating in the Occupied mode and turned off after 45 seconds in the
Unoccupied mode.
STAGED GAS UNIT HEATING — The Staged Gas Control option offered on 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-068 and 48AJ,AK,AW,
AY020-060 units adds the capability to control the rooftop unit’s gas heating system to a specified Supply Air Temperature Set Point for purposes of tempering a cool mixed-air condition. The gas heating system employs multiple heating sections. Each section is equipped with a two-stage gas valve. The gas valves are sequenced by a factory-installed staged gas controller (SGC) as required to maintain the user-specified Supply
Air Set Point. Up to eleven stages of heating control are available, based on quantity and heating capacity sizes of the individual heat exchanger sections provided in the base unit. In addition to providing system control for tempering heat operation, the new SGC also controls Demand Heat sequences for both First-Stage (W1) and Second-Stage (W2 or full-fire) operation.
Tempering of supply air is desirable when rooftop units are operating in ventilation mode (economizer only operation) at low outdoor temperatures. At low outdoor temperatures, the mixed air temperature (combination of return-from-space temperature and outdoor/ventilation air temperature) may become too low for the comfort of the occupants or for the terminal reheat systems. The tempering function adds incremental steps of heat capacity to raise the temperature of the mixed air up to levels suitable for direct admission into the occupied space or to levels consistent with reheat capabilities of the space terminals. Refer to Table 37 for the staged gas heating control system components. Refer to Table 38 for the heating system controller (SGC) inputs. The heating system controller (SGC) outputs consist of six relays (K1 through K6) which control the individual gas valves.
CB4
3.2 AMPS
TRAN2
B COM
SECONDARY
24 VOLT
BASE MODULE
CONTROL BOARD
INDOOR FAN RELAY COM
LEGEND
CB
— Circuit Breaker
COM — Common
HIR
— Heat Interlock Relay
T
— Terminal
TRAN — Transformer
T
30
T29
T
28
HIR
FIELD
INSTALLED
(HN61KK040)
(24V, 9.5VA)
Fig. 59 — Heat Interlock Relay Wiring
83
ITEM
Heating Controller (SGC)
Supply-Air Thermistors (SAT)
Cooling Supply Air Set Point
Potentiometer (CLSASP)
Heating Supply Air Set Point
Potentiometer (HTSASP)
Air Flow Switch (AFS)
Table 37 — Staged Gas System Components
FUNCTION
Logic and Output Relays
Sense unit leaving-air temperature
LOCATION
Heating section
Supply duct (factory-provided, field-installed)
Heating section, next to SGC Specify set point for tempering heat control
Set Point Range: 35 to 70 F
Specify set point for First-Stage
Heating control
Set Point Range: 80 to 125 F
Prove Supply Fan operation
Heating section, next to SGC
Fan supply air plenum
(factory-installed)
Table 38 — Stage Gas System Inputs/Outputs
INPUT
Cool1
Cool2
Heat1
Heat2
Fan
Cool Supply Set Point
Heat Supply Set Point
Supply Air Thermistor (1, 2 and 3)
DESCRIPTION
Relay in parallel with Compressor #1 contactor
Relay in parallel with Compressor #2 contactor
24V input from Base Unit control
24V input from Base Unit control
Air proving switch (contact closure on rise in static pressure)
Potentiometer, (range 35-70 F)
Potentiometer, (range 80-125 F)
Field-installed in supply ductwork (P/N HH79NZ016)
Operating Modes — The SGC will operate the unit in one of the following operating modes:
• no mode
• Cooling Mode
• Heating1 Mode
• Heating2 Mode
No Mode — In this mode, none of the heat stages are turned on. No mode occurs if the Cool, Heat or Fan inputs are off or the Cool input(s) are on.
Tempering (Cool) Mode — In this mode, the SGC tempers in incoming supply air to maintain the cooling supply air set point. Tempering mode occurs if the Fan input is ON and all
Cool and Heat inputs are off.
When the SGC determines that the fan is on and the base unit control is not calling for heat or mechanical cooling, the
SGC will stage heat to maintain the cooling set point which is set on the CLSASP potentiometer of the SGC. This set point should be slightly below the supply air set point of the base unit
VAV control. Note that the supply-air temperature will still be in the “cooling range.”
Heat1 Mode — Heat1 mode is used on VAV applications as they have one heat stage on the base unit control. CV units have two heat stages and will not operate under Heat1 mode.
In this mode, heat is staged to control supply air temperature to HTSASP. Heat1 mode occurs only if Heat1 is ON and Heat2 is OFF and Cool1 and Cool2 are OFF.
When the base unit control calls for first stage of heat, the
SGC will stage heat to maintain the heating set point set on the potentiometer of the SGC. The HIR will be energized to command the zone terminals to open to maintain minimum heating airflow.
Heat2 Mode — Heat2 mode is used on CV applications as they have 2 heat stages on the base unit control. VAV units have only 1 heat stage and will not operate under Heat2 mode.
In this mode, when the base unit calls for the second stage of heat, the SGC will turn on all available heat stages. This mode only occurs if Heat1 and Heat2 are ON and Cool1 and
Cool2 are OFF.
Accessory Navigator Display — The Navigator Display is a field-installed accessory. See Fig. 60. Navigator Display is to be connected to LEN connections at communication board which is attached to the heating and cooling supply air set point potentiometers in heating section. The Navigator Display accessory is required for all units with staged gas control.
The display module provides the user interface to the Staged
Gas control system. See Fig. 60. The display has up and down arrow keys, an ESCAPE key, and an ENTER key. These keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the display structure. See Table 39. Press the ESCAPE key until the display is blank to move through the top 11 mode levels indicated by LEDs on the bottom left side of the display.
Pressing the
ESCAPE
and
ENTER
keys simultaneously will scroll a text description across the display indicating the full meaning of each display acronym. Pressing the and
ENTER
ESCAPE
keys when the display is blank (Mode LED level) will return the display to its default menu of rotating display items. In addition, the password will be disabled requiring that it be entered again before changes can be made to password protected items.
When a specific item is located, the display will flash showing the operator, the item, item value, and then the item units (if any). Press the ENTER key to stop the display at the item value. Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD when required. Use the ENTER and arrow keys to enter the 4 digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. Press the
ENTER
ENTER
key to stop the display at the item value. Press the
key again so that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the value or state of an item and press the
ENTER
key to accept it. Press the required for other items.
ESCAPE
key and the item, value, or units display will resume. Repeat the process as
The unit alarms can be cleared through Navigator display.
To check the current alarms, enter the Alarms menu. The first submenu is the CRNT submenu. The CRNT function displays the list of current alarms (maximum of 25). The second submenu item is the RCRN (Reset All Current Alarms) function.
Press ENTER to reset the current alarms. The next submenu item, HIST, displays the list of cleared alarms (maximum of
20). The HIST function can be cleared with the RHIS function.
84
C o m f o
N A V
I G A
r t
L i n k
T O R
™
M O D
E
Run Status
Service
Test
Temperature s
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs
Outputs
Configu ration
Opera
Alarm s ting M odes
Alarm Status
E S C
E NTE
R
Fig. 60 — Navigator Display
MORNING WARM-UP (VAV only with PC Accessed/CCN
Operation) — Morning warm-up occurs when the control has been programmed to turn on heat prior to the Occupied mode to be ready for occupancy mode. Morning warm-up is a condition in VAV systems that occurs when the Temperature Compensated Start algorithm calculates a biased occupied start time and the unit has a demand for heating. The warm-up will continue into the occupied period as long as there is a need for heat. During warm-up, the unit can continue heating into the occupied period, even if occupied heating is disabled. When the heating demand is satisfied, the warm-up condition will terminate. To increase or decrease the heating demand, use
Service Tool software to change the Occupied Heating set point.
NOTE: To utilize Morning Warm-Up mode, the unit occupancy schedule must be accessed via Service Tool, Building
Supervisor, or ComfortWORKS® software or accessory
Remote Enhanced Display. The PC can access the base control board via the 3-wire communication bus or via an RJ-11 connection to the CCN terminal on the base control board. See
Fig. 27.
For current software (version 3.0 or later), the Low Temperature Minimum Damper Position Override (LOWMDP) has a 0 to 100% limit, with a default of 100%. Think of the
LOWMDP as a second minimum damper position. This
LOWMDP limit change requires access to the unit software with a computer equipped with Building Supervisor, Service Tool, or ComfortWORKS Software.
When the LOWMDP is in effect the outdoor dampers will remain at the LOWMDP position (typically set to 0% closed) during heating, even in the Occupied period. For the LOW-
MDP to be in effect the LOWMDP must be less than the minimum damper position (MDP) and the RAT (return-air temperature) must be less than the OHSP (occupied heat set point) minus 2.5° F. Table 40 summarizes the operational requirements and controlling factors for occupied heat and morning warm-up.
MORNING WARM-UP (VAV Only with Stand-Alone
Operation) — When the unit operates in stand-alone mode, morning warm-up occurs when the unit is energized in Occupied mode and return-air temperature (RAT) is below 68 F.
Warm-up will not terminate until the RAT reaches 68 F. The heat interlock relay output is energized during morning warmup. (A field-installed 24-vdc heat interlock relay is required.)
The output will be energized until the morning warm-up cycle is complete. Refer to Fig. 59 for heat interlock relay wiring.
Table 39 — Navigator Display Menu Structure
RUN
STATUS
Auto Display
(VIEW)
Software
Version
(VERS)
SERVICE
TEST
TEMPERATURES PRESSURES
SERVICE
TEST
HEAT
OUTPUT#1
HEAT
OUTPUT#2
HEAT
OUTPUT#3
HEAT
OUTPUT#4
HEAT
OUTPUT#5
HEAT
OUTPUT#6
SUPPLY AIR
TEMPERATURE
SUPPLY AIR
TEMPERATURE 1
SUPPLY AIR
TEMPERATURE 2
SUPPLY AIR
TEMPERATURE 3
N/A
N/A
N/A
SET
POINTS
SETPOINT
SELECT
COOLING
SETPOINT
1
INPUTS OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION TIME CLOCK
COOL
INPUT#1
COOL
INPUT#2
HEAT
OUTPUT
1
HEAT
OUTPUT
2
Display
Configuration
(DISP)
CCN
Configuration
(CCN)
Time
(TIME)
Date
(DATE)
OPERATING
MODES
ALARMS
N/A
N/A
Currently
Active
Alarms
(CRNT)
Reset all
Current
Alarms
(RCRN)
COOLING
SETPOINT
2
HEAT
INPUT#1
HEAT
OUTPUT
3
Stage Gas
Configuration
(CNFG)
Occupancy and
Unoccupancy
Schedule
Number
(SCHD)
Alarm
History
(HIST)
HEATING
SETPOINT
1
HEATING
SETPOINT
2
HEAT
INPUT#1
SUPPLY
FAN
STATUS
HEAT
OUTPUT
4
HEAT
OUTPUT
5
HEAT
OUTPUT
6
Reset
Alarm
History
(RHIS)
85
Table 40 — Occupied Heat and Morning Warm-Up
Operation and Controlling Factors
SOFTWARE
VERSION
OCCUPIED
HEAT
ENABLED
VIA
3.0 and Later DIP switch no. 5
MORNING
WARM-UP
MAY START
DURING
Smart start or within
10 minutes
TEMPERATURE
CONDITION
FOR HEAT
TO START
RAT < OHSP
LEGEND
OHSP — Occupied Heat Set Point
RAT
— Return-Air Temperature
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONTROL — If the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space sensor and a remote start/stop switch, constant volume (CV) cooling will operate as follows: Stage 1 cooling begins when there exists a 1.5° F demand and ends when the demand returns back to 0.5° F.
Stage 2 cooling begins when there is a 2.0° F demand and will continue until the demand returns 1.0° F. Stage 2 cannot be energized until a minimum of eight minutes of Stage 1 operation or as long as stage 1 is making a reduction in the space temperature trend. If the temperature trends stop improving but the demand still exceeds 2.0° F, then Stage 2 cooling will be energized.
When economizer operation is suitable, the control will use economizer, as the first stage of cooling will bring on the compressor 1 when Stage 2 demand is called for. If supply-air temperature (SAT) remains above supply-air set point (SASP) for
15 minutes after energizing compressor 1, then compressor 2 shall be started. When Stage 2 is satisfied, the last stage of compression shall be dropped. When Stage 1 is satisfied, the control will drop all DX cooling.
If the unit is equipped with a field-supplied space sensor and a remote start/stop switch, CV heating will operate as follows:
Stage 1 heating begins when there exists 1.5° F demand and ends when the demand returns back to 0.5° F. Stage 2 heating begins when there is a 2.0° F demand and will continue until the demand returns to 1.0° F. Stage 2 cannot be energized until a minimum of eight minutes of Stage 1 operation or as long as
Stage 1 is making an increase in the space temperature trend. If the temperature trends stop improving but the demand still exceeds 2.0° F, then Stage 2 heating will be energized
SPACE TEMPERATURE RESET SENSOR (VAV Only) —
An accessory space temperature sensor (T-55 or T-56 without offset) is required. Space temperature reset is used to reset the supply-air temperature set point of a VAV system higher, as the space temperature falls below the Occupied Cool set point. As the space temperature falls below the Occupied Cool set point, the supply-air temperature will be reset upward as a function of the reset ratio. (Default is 3.) Reset ratio is expressed in degrees change in supply-air temperature per degree of space temperature change. A reset limit will exist which will limit the maximum number of degrees the supply-air temperature may be raised. (Default is 10 F.) Both the reset ratio and the reset limit are user definable. The sequence of operation is as follows:
1. The on/off status of the unit supply fan is determined.
2. If the fan is ‘‘on,’’ the sequence will check if the system is occupied.
3. If the system is in Occupied mode, the sequence will determine if the reset option is enabled.
4. If the reset option is enabled, the sequence will read the space temperature and compare it to the Occupied Cool set point. If the temperature is below the Occupied Cool set point, the algorithm will compute the reset value and compare this value against the reset limit. If it is greater than the reset limit, the sequence will use the reset limit as the reset value. See Fig. 61.
NOTE: A computer equipped with Carrier network access software (ComfortWORKS®, Building Supervisor, or Service
Tool) or an accessory Remote Enhanced Display is required to enable this function.
Space Temperature Reset Example — The occupied cooling set point is set to 73 F. The Reset Ratio is set to 5. The Reset
Limit is set to 20 F. The Reset Ratio determines how many degrees F the temperature is reset. At 72 F, the supply temperature will be reset 5 degrees higher. At 71 F, the supply temperature will be reset 10 degrees higher. At 70 F, the supply temperature will be reset 15 degrees higher. At 69 F, the supply temperature will be reset 20 degrees higher and the Reset Limit will have been reached.
BASE MODULE
CONTROL BOARD
(+) T11
(-) T12
4-20 mA
INPUT
FIELD
SUPPLIED
INPUT DEVICE
LEGEND
T — Terminal
NOTE: The 4 to 20 mA input is a field-supplied non-Carrier EMS
(Energy Management System) device.
mA INPUT
4
5
8
9
6
7
14
15
16
17
10
11
12
13
18
19
20
Fig. 61 — Space Temperature Reset Wiring
86
DEG. F RESET
0.00
1.25
2.50
3.75
5.00
6.25
7.50
8.75
10.00
11.25
12.50
13.75
15.00
16.25
17.50
18.75
20.00
SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE RESET — Supply air temperature reset is used to reset the supply-air temperature utility.
A 4 to 20 mA signal (field-supplied) is required. The reset option does not require enabling.
POWER EXHAUST OPERATION — Power exhaust has two options (constant volume and modulating) that have the following sequence of operation:
The constant volume power exhaust stage 1 (CVPE1) is enabled when the indoor fan has been energized and the desired outdoor-air damper position for the economizer increases above the first constant volume (CV) power exhaust stage
1 point (PES1). The PES1 factory default value is set at 25%.
The constant volume power exhaust stage 2 (CVPE2) is enabled when the desired outdoor-air damper position for the economizer increases above the second CV power exhaust stage 2 point (PES2). The PES2 factory default value is set at
75%. Each stage is disabled when the desired damper position decreases below the respective set points.
The modulating power exhaust is enabled when the indoor fan is energized and the building pressure has exceeded the individual sequencer set points. The default set points are 0.04 in.
wg (6.3 vdc) for stage 1, 0.10 in wg (6.8 vdc) for stage 2,
0.16 in wg (7.3 vdc) for stage 3, and 0.23 in. wg (7.8 vdc) for stage 4, 0.29 in. wg (8.3 vdc) for stage 5, and 0.35 in. wg
(8.8 vdc) for stage 6 power exhaust sequencer. Each stage also requires that the building pressure is reduced until it drops below the disable set point. The default set points are 0 in wg.
(6.0 vdc) for stage 1, 0.060 in. wg (6.5 vdc) for stage 2, 0.13 in.
wg (7.0 vdc) for stage 3, 0.19 in. wg (7.4 vdc) for stage 4,
0.25 in. wg (8.0 vdc) for stage 5, and 0.31 in. wg (8.5 vdc) for stage 6 power exhaust sequencer. Both of these set points are changed at the specific controlling sequencer. It is not forcible from CCN.
If the indoor fan is on, then PEXE = ON. If the indoor fan is off, then PEXE = OFF. In addition, on units equipped with the
Expansion I/O module, the control module board may have direct access 4 to 6 Modulated Power Exhausted stages bypassing an external sequencer device. These stages will be controlled directly in fire/smoke modes.
SMOKE CONTROL MODES — The 48AJ,AK,AW,AY and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY units with an optional expansion board perform fire and smoke control modes. The expansion board provides 4 modes which can be used to control smoke within the conditioned area. The modes of operation are fire shutdown, pressurization, evacuation, and smoke purge. See Table 41.
SMOKE DETECTOR — A smoke detector can be used to initiate fire shutdown. This can be accomplished by a set of normally closed pilot relay contacts which will interrupt power from the 24-v transformer, secondary ‘‘B’’ terminal to the control circuit breaker (CB4). See Fig. 62. The wire that connects these two points is white and labeled ‘‘W78.’’
NOTE: On standard gas models, the indoor fan will continue to run 45 seconds after the call for heat has been terminated. If fire shutdown is initiated the fan will stop immediately. No
45-second delay will occur.
The smoke detector may be mounted in the return air duct or the supply duct. Carrier does not make recommendations as to specific smoke detector location due to liability considerations.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY (IAQ) CONTROL — The accessory IAQ sensor is required for IAQ control on the base control board. The Carrier sensors operate with a 4 to 20 mA signal.
The 4 to 20 mA signal is connect to T13 (+) and T14 (-) on the base control board for the IAQ sensor, and T15 (+) and T16 (-) on the base control board for the OAQ (Outdoor Air Quality) sensor. The sensor is field-mounted and wired to the base control board installed in the unit main control box. The IAQ sensor must be powered by a field-supplied 24-V power supply
(ungrounded). Do not use the unit 24-V power supply to power sensor.
87
Fig. 62 — Field-Supplied Smoke Detector Wiring
NOTE: The Carrier IAQ/OAQ sensors are shipped configured for a 0 to 10 Vdc signal for use on previously designed PIC
(Product Integrated Control) products. This signal must be changed to the 4 to 20 mA signal to be used on these products, which is accomplished through a jumper change. The IAQ/
OAQ input signals are also polarized, with (+) connecting to the odd numbered terminals and (-) connected to the even numbered terminals. Refer to Indoor-Air Quality Section in the
Controls, Operation, and Troubleshooting Manual for further sequence of operation.
NOTE: The IAQ Control function was incorporated onto the base control board on these units with serial number of 0600F and later.
Once installed, the sensor must be enabled. The sensor is configured with default values which may be changed through network access software. To work properly, the IAQ sensor high and low reference points for the sensor that is used must match the configured values. The base control board reacts to a
4 to 20 mA signal from the IAQ sensor. The low reference
(4 mA output) must be configured to the minimum IAQ sensor reading. The high reference (20 mA output) must be configured to the maximum IAQ sensor reading.
The IAQ sensor can be configured to either low or high priority. The priority value can be changed by the user. The default is low.
Low priority — When the priority is set to low, the initial control is to the IAQ set point, but the outside air damper position will change to its minimum position when the following conditions occur:
• CV units with sensor — when the space temperature is greater than the occupied cooling set point plus 2° F or when the space temperature is less than the occupied heating set point minus 2° F.
• VAV units and CV units with thermostat — when the supply-air temperature is less than the supply-air temperature set point minus 8° F or when the supply-air temperature is greater than the supply air temperature set point plus 5° F for 4 minutes.
• When the outdoor air quality is greater than the outdoor air quality set point (ppm)
High priority — When the priority is set to high, the IAQ set point controls the outside air damper exclusively, with no regard to comfort conditioning.
TIME GUARD® CIRCUIT — The Time Guard function
(built into the rooftop control module board) maintains a minimum off time of 5 minutes, a minimum on time of 10 seconds, and a 10-second delay between compressor starts.
CRANKCASE HEATER — Unit main power supply must remain on to provide crankcase heater operation. The crankcase heater in each compressor keeps oil free of refrigerant while compressor is off.
DEVICE
Economizer
Indoor Fan/VFD
Power Exhaust (all outputs)
Heat Stages
Cool Stages
HIR
LEGEND
HIR
— Heat Interlock Relay
VFD — Variable Frequency Drive
Table 41 — Smoke Control Modes
PRESSURIZATION
100%
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL — Each unit has a fan cycling, outdoor thermostat to shut off the outdoor-fan motor(s) at
55 F (one outdoor-fan motor on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-030 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034 units, 2 outdoor-fan motors on
48AJ,AK,AW,AY035-050 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048 units and 3 outdoor-fan motors on 48AJ,AK,AW,AY060 and
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068 units). The head pressure control permits unit to operate with correct condensing temperatures down to 35 F outdoor-air temperature.
MOTORMASTER® III CONTROL — The Motormaster III
Solid-State Head Pressure Control is a field-installed accessory fan speed control device actuated by a temperature sensor. It is specifically designed for use on Carrier equipment and controls the condenser-fan motor speed in response to the saturated condensing temperature. For outdoor temperatures down to
–20 F, it maintains condensing temperature at 100 F. Refer to the accessory Motormaster installation instructions for more information.
CAPACITY CONTROL, COOLING — The cooling capacity staging tables are shown in Tables 42 and 43.
Table 42 — Cooling Capacity Staging Table, CV
Units with 2 Compressors
Compressor 1
Compressor 2
0
off off
Stages
1
Economizer
off off
2
on off
3
on on
NOTE: On CV units that require additional unloading, add suction pressure unloaders to Compressor 1 only.
Table 43 — Cooling Capacity Staging Table VAV
Units with 2 Compressors and 2 Unloaders*
Compressor 1
Unloader 1
Unloader 2
Compressor 2
0
off on on off on on off off
1
on off
*40 ton units have only one unloader.
2
off off
STAGES
3 4
on off on on
5
on on off on off off on on
6
on off off on
SMOKE PURGE
100%
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
It is often desirable to use a variable air volume (VAV) unit in a variable volume and temperature (VVT) control system because of the greater unloading capability. A VAV unit (with software version 4.0 and later) can easily be configured in the field to run off of either space thermostat (VVT® relay pack) input or a space sensor. When configured in this manner, the unit control will turn on compressors based upon load in the space. If the supply-air falls below predefined limits, the control will unload the compressor in order to maintain the minimum supply-air limit. If unloading is not successful in maintaining the minimum supply-air temperature (SAT), then the compressors will be turned off. An alarm will be issued when the compressors are turned off.
EVACUATION
100%
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
FIRE SHUTDOWN
0%
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
A VAV unit configured to run off thermostat input or a space sensor will have the capability for two stages of heating, however, modification to the control wiring will be required to make this available. The Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) for the supply fan will still be active, varying the supply air fan speed to maintain supply duct pressure.
Upon a call for Y1 (or Y2_SPT) cooling, the compressor 1 will start after appropriate Time Guard® functions. Thirty seconds after the SAT drops below the “SAT1TRIP” the compressor will be unloaded. The unloading sequence will be as follows:
Compressor no. 1 On, Full Load Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 1 On, 2 /
3
Load Unloader no. 1 Off, Unloader no. 2 On
Compressor no. 1 On, 1 /
3
Load
Compressor no. 1 Off
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
The “Y1 Low SAT Limit” has an adjustable range from
50 F to 65 F, with a factory setting of 53 F. If the temperature of the SAT rise above the “Y1 Low SAT Limit” plus 2° F, the compressor will be loaded in the reverse order in which it was unloaded following the pre-described time guards. There will be a 90-second time guard between any change in unloaded state, and the normal 5-minute time guard for change in compressor On/Off state.
If compressor no. 1 is forced off due to “Y1 LOW SAT
Limit” an alert will be issued. If economizer is suitable, the economizer mode will remain active. The alert will be cleared after the 5-minute time guard has expired and the compressor is restarted. With Y1 (or Y1_SPT) input, only compressor no. 1 can be running.
Upon a call for Y1 (or Y1_SPT) and Y2 (or Y2_SPT) cooling both compressor no. 1 and 2 will start after appropriate time guards. Thirty seconds after SAT drops below the “Y2 Low
SAT Limit” the compressor will be unloaded. The unloading sequence will be as follows:
Compressor no. 1
On, Full Load
Compressor no. 1
On,
2
/
3
Load
Compressor no. 1
On, 1 /
3
Load
Compressor no. 1
On, Full Load
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
Unloader no. 1 Off,
Unloader no. 2 On
Compressor no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On Compressor no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 2 On
Compressor no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 1
On,
2
/
3
Load
Compressor no. 1
On, 1 /
3
Load
Unloader no. 1 Off,
Unloader no. 2 On
Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 On
Compressor no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 2 Off
Compressor no. 1 Off Unloader no. 1 and no. 2 Off Compressor no. 2 Off
The “Y2 Low SAT Limit” has an adjustable range from
45 F to 55 F, with a factory default setting of 48 F. If the temperature of the SAT rise above the “Y2 Low SAT Limit” plus
2° F, the compressor will be loaded in the reverse order in which it was unloaded following the pre-described Time Guard functions. There will be a 90-second time guard between any change in unloaded state, and the normal 5-minute time guard for change in compressor On/Off state.
88
If a Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call begins while the unit was under
“Y1 cooling” control, compressor no. 2 will not be started until
“Y1 cooling” control has ended.
If the Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call ends, with compressor 1 in an unloaded state and compressor 2 ON, then compressor 1 will be immediately brought up to the fully loaded state. If however, the Y2 (or Y2_SPT) call ends, with compressor 1 in an unloaded state and compressor 2 OFF, then compressor 1 will be left in its unloaded state. In either case the compressor 1 will be loaded/unloaded as appropriate to the “Y1 Low Limit”.
The control shall lockout compressors if SAT becomes too low and an alarm shall be issued.
Compressor no. 1 lockout at SAT < 53 F.
Compressor no. 2 lockout at SAT < 48 F.
If SAT sensor fails the control will energize compressor no. 1 fully loaded (unloaders off), whenever there is a Y1 (or
Y1_SPT) call. Compressor no. 2 will be energized whenever there is a call for Y2 (or Y2_SPT).
NOTE: When a VAV unit with software version 4.0 and later is configured to operate from a space thermostat (VVT® relay pack) or a space sensor, compressors start loaded and then unload as needed. This is the opposite of the normal VAV unloading sequence. When operating from supply-air temperature (SAT) sensor, VAV units will unload in the reverse sequence.
FIELD TEST — The field test program is initiated by moving up DIP switch no. 4 to the OPEN position. The outdoor-air damper will close. The control allows 90 seconds for the damper to close in case it was in the full open position. Next, the indoor-fan contactor will be energized, and the outside-air damper will begin to open to its default value of 20% and stay at that position for a short period of time. The outdoor-air damper will then open to its full open position and stay at that position for a short period of time. The outdoor-air damper will then close.
If the unit is equipped with power exhaust, stage 1 will be energized for 5 seconds. If the unit is configured for stage 2 of power exhaust, stage 2 will be energized for 5 seconds after the first stage is deenergized.
The first stage of heat will be energized for 30 seconds, after which the second stage heat will be energized for an additional
30 seconds. Heat is then deenergized.
The last step is the Cooling mode. Outdoor-fan contactor no. 1 is energized. This is followed by each stage of cooling energized with a 10-second delay between stages. After this is complete, outdoor-fan contactor no. 2 is energized for
10 seconds.
The compressors will now deenergize, followed by the outdoor-fan contactors and indoor-fan contactors. If the unit is equipped with the Integrated Gas Control (IGC) board, the indoor fan will continue to operate for an additional 30 seconds after deenergizing the circuit.
The field test is then complete.
SERVICE
Before performing service or maintenance operations on unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock could cause personal injury.
Service Access —
All unit components can be reached through clearly labelled hinged access doors. These doors are not equipped with tiebacks, so if heavy duty servicing is needed, either remove them or prop them open to prevent accidental closure.
89
Each door is held closed with 3 latches. The latches are secured to the unit with a single 1 /
4
-in. - 20 x 1 /
2
-in. long bolt. See
Fig. 63.
To open, loosen the latch bolt using a shut, reverse the above procedure.
7 /
16
-in. wrench. Pivot the latch so it is not in contact with the door. Open the door. To
NOTE: Disassembly of the top cover may be required under special service circumstances. It is very important that the orientation and position of the top cover be marked on the unit prior to disassembly. This will allow proper replacement of the top cover onto the unit and prevent rainwater from leaking into the unit.
IMPORTANT: After servicing is completed, make sure door is closed and relatched properly, and that the latches are tight. Failure to do so can result in water leakage into the evaporator section of the unit.
Cleaning —
Inspect unit interior at beginning of each heating and cooling season and as operating conditions require.
Remove unit side panels and/or open doors for access to unit interior.
MAIN BURNERS — At the beginning of each heating season, inspect for deterioration or blockage due to corrosion or other causes. Observe the main burner flames and adjust if necessary. Check spark gap. See Fig. 64. Refer to Main Burners section on page 94.
FLUE GAS PASSAGEWAYS — The flue collector box and heat exchanger cells may be inspected by removing gas section access panel (Fig. 5-16), flue box cover, collector box, and main burner assembly (Fig. 65 and 66). Refer to Main Burners section on page 94 for burner removal sequence. If cleaning is required, clean all parts with a wire brush. Reassemble using new high-temperature insulation for sealing.
COMBUSTION-AIR BLOWER — Clean periodically to assure proper airflow and heating efficiency. Inspect blower wheel every fall and periodically during heating season. For the first heating season, inspect blower wheel bi-monthly to determine proper cleaning frequency.
Fig. 63 — Door Latch
Fig. 64 — Spark Gap Adjustment
NOTES:
1. Torque set screws on blower wheel to 70 in. lbs ± 2 in. lbs.
2. Torque set screw on propeller fan to 15 in. lbs ± 2 in. lbs.
3. Dimensions are in inches.
Fig. 65 — Typical Gas Heating Section
Fig. 66 — Gas Heat Section Details
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat exchanger access panel. Shine a flashlight into opening to inspect wheel. If cleaning is required, remove motor and wheel assembly by removing screws holding motor mounting plate to top of combustion fan housing (Fig. 65 and 66). The motor, scroll, and wheel assembly can be removed from the unit. Remove scroll from plate. Remove the blower wheel from the motor shaft and clean with a detergent or solvent. Replace motor and wheel assembly.
EVAPORATOR COIL — Remove access panels and clean as required with commercial coil cleaner.
CONDENSER COIL — Clean condenser coil annually and as required by location and outdoor-air conditions. Inspect coil monthly; clean as required.
CONDENSATE DRAIN — Check and clean each year at start of cooling season. In winter, keep drains and traps dry.
FILTERS — Clean or replace at start of each heating and cooling season, or more often if operating conditions require. Refer to Tables 1A and 1B for type and size.
NOTE: The unit requires industrial grade throwaway filters capable of withstanding face velocities up to 625 fpm.
OUTDOOR-AIR INLET SCREENS — Clean screens with steam or hot water and a mild detergent. Do not use disposable filters in place of screens. See Fig. 37 for location of screens
(filter track assembly).
90
Lubrication
COMPRESSORS — Each compressor is charged with the correct amount of oil at the factory. The correct oil charge is shown in Tables 1A and 1B. If oil is visible in the compressor sight glass, check unit for operating readiness as described in
Start-Up section, then start the unit. Observe oil level and add oil, if required, to bring oil level in compressor crankcase up to between 1 /
4
and 1 /
3
of sight glass during steady operation.
If oil charge is above 1 /
3
sight glass, do not remove any oil until the compressor crankcase heater has been energized for at least 24 hours with compressor off.
When additional oil or a complete charge is required, use only Carrier-approved compressor oil:
Petroleum Specialties, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cryol 150
Texaco, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Capella WF-32
Witco Chemical Corp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suniso 3GS
IMPORTANT: Do not use reclaimed oil or oil that has been exposed to the atmosphere. Refer to Carrier Standard
Service Techniques Manual, Chapter 1, Refrigerants section, for procedures to add or remove oil.
FAN SHAFT BEARINGS — Lubricate bearings at least every 6 months with suitable bearing grease. Do not over grease.
Typical lubricants are given below:
MANUFACTURER
Texaco
Mobil
Sunoco
Texaco
LUBRICANT
Regal AFB-2*
Mobilplex EP No. 1
Prestige 42
Multifak 2
*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.
CONDENSER- AND EVAPORATOR-FAN MOTOR
BEARINGS — The condenser- and evaporator-fan motors have permanently-sealed bearings, so no field lubrication is necessary.
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment
(Fig. 67) —
Fan motor pulleys are designed for speed shown in Tables 1A and 1B (factory speed setting).
IMPORTANT: Check to ensure that the unit drive matches the duct static pressure using Tables 19-31.
To change fan speeds, change pulleys.
To align fan and motor pulleys:
1. Shut off unit power supply.
2. Loosen fan shaft pulley bushing.
3. Slide fan pulley along fan shaft.
4. Make angular alignment by loosening motor from mounting plate.
5. Retighten pulley.
6. Return power to the unit.
Fig. 67 — Evaporator-Fan Alignment and Adjustment
Evaporator Fan Coupling Assembly —
If the coupling has been removed for other blower assembly component repair or replacement, it is critical that the coupling be reassembled and aligned correctly to prevent premature failures.
REASSEMBLING THE COUPLING INTO THE UNIT
(Fig. 68)
1. Prior to reassembling the coupling, loosen the 4 bearing mounting bolts, which secure the 2 bearings on either side of the coupling. Remove the drive belts.
2. Reassemble the coupling with the bearings loose. This allows the coupling to find its own self-alignment position.
3. Check the hub-to-shaft fit for close fitting clearances.
Replace hubs if high clearances are determined.
4. Check the key for close-fitted clearances on the sides and
0.015 in. clearance over the top of the key. Replace key if necessary.
CENTER DRIVE
SHAFT
FLEX
MEMBER
SHAFT
FLANGE
SHAFT BEARINGS
Fig. 68 — Evaporator Fan Coupling
91
5. Be sure that hub flanges, flex members, spacer, and hardware are clean and free of oil.
6. Place the flanges onto the shafts with the hub facing outward. Do not tighten the set screws at this time.
7. Outside of the unit, assemble the flex members to the center drive shaft with 4 bolts and nuts. The flex members have collars that need to be inserted into the smaller hole of the drive shaft flange.
8. Assemble the flex member/drive shaft assembly to one of the shaft flanges, using 2 bolts and nuts. Slide the other shaft flange towards the assembly and assemble using 2 bolts and nuts. If the shafts are not misaligned, the collar in the flex member should line up with the shaft flange holes.
9. Torque nuts properly to 95 to 100 ft-lb. Do not turn a coupling bolt. Always turn the nut. Always use thread lubricant or anti-seize compound to prevent thread galling.
10. The ends of the shafts should be flush with the inside of the shaft flange. Torque the set screws to 25 ft-lb.
11. After assembly is complete, slowly rotate the shafts by hand for 30 to 60 seconds.
12. Tighten the bearing mounting bolts, using care not to place any loads on the shaft which would cause flexure to the shafts.
13. Reinstall drive belts. (Refer to Belt Tension Adjustment section below.)
14. Visually inspect the assembly. If the shafts are overly misaligned, the drive shaft flange will not be parallel with the shaft flanges.
15. Recheck nut torque after 1 to 2 hours of operation. Bolts tend to relax after being initially torqued.
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove supply-air section panels.
3. Remove belt and blower pulley.
4. Loosen setscrews in blower wheels.
5. Remove locking collars from bearings.
6. Remove shaft.
7. Remove venturi on opposite side of bearing.
8. Lift out wheel.
9. Reverse above procedure to reinstall fan.
10. Check and adjust belt tension as necessary.
11. Restore power to unit.
Belt Tension Adjustment —
To adjust belt tension:
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Loosen motor mounting nuts and bolts. See Fig. 69.
3. Loosen fan motor nuts.
4. Turn motor jacking bolts to move motor mounting plate left or right for proper belt tension. A slight bow should be present in the belt on the slack side of the drive while running under full load.
5. Tighten nuts.
6. Adjust bolts and nut on mounting plate to secure motor in fixed position. Recheck belt tension after 24 hours of operation. Adjust as necessary. See Table 3 for proper tension values.
7. Restore power to unit.
Evaporator-Fan Motor Replacement
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove upper outside panel and open hinged door to gain access to motor.
92
3. Fully retract motor plate adjusting bolts.
4. Loosen the 2 rear (nearest the evaporator coil) motor plate nuts.
5. Remove the 2 front motor plate nuts and carriage bolts.
6. Slide motor plate to the rear (toward the coil) and remove fan belt(s).
7. Slide motor plate to the front and hand tighten one of the rear motor plate nuts (tight enough to prevent the motor plate from sliding back but loose enough to allow the plate to pivot upward).
8. Pivot the front of the motor plate upward enough to allow access to the motor mounting hex bolts and secure in place by inserting a prop.
9. Remove the nuts from the motor mounting hex bolts and remove motor.
10. Reverse above steps to install new motor.
Condenser-Fan Adjustment
1. Turn off unit power supply.
2. Remove fan guard.
3. Loosen fan hub setscrews.
4. Adjust fan height on shaft using a straightedge placed across venturi and measure per Fig. 70.
5. Fill hub recess with permagum if rubber hubcap is missing.
6. Tighten setscrews and replace panel(s).
7. Turn on unit power.
Fig. 69 — Belt Tension Adjustment
Fig. 70 — Condenser-Fan Adjustment
Power Failure —
The economizer damper motor is a spring return design. In event of power failure, dampers will return to fully closed position until power is restored.
Refrigerant Charge —
Amount of refrigerant charge is listed on unit nameplate and in Tables 1A and 1B. Refer to
Carrier GTAC II; Module 5; Charging, Recovery, Recycling, and Reclamation section for charging methods and procedures.
Unit panels must be in place when unit is operating during charging procedure.
NOTE: Do not use recycled refrigerant as it may contain contaminants.
NO CHARGE — Use standard evacuating techniques. After evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refrigerant (refer to Tables 1A and 1B).
LOW CHARGE COOLING — Using appropriate cooling charging chart (see Fig. 71-74), add or remove refrigerant until conditions of the appropriate chart are met. Note that charging chart is different from those normally used. An accurate pressure gage and temperature sensing device are required. Measure liquid line pressure at the liquid line service valve using pressure gage. Connect temperature sensing device to the liquid line near the liquid line service valve and insulate it so that outdoor ambient temperature does not affect reading.
Using the above temperature and pressure readings, find the intersect point on the appropriate cooling charging chart. If intersection point on chart is above line, add refrigerant. If intersection point on chart is below line, carefully reclaim some of the charge. Recheck suction pressure as charge is adjusted.
NOTE: Indoor-air cfm must be within normal operating range of unit. All outdoor fans must be operating.
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) —
Each circuit has a TXV. The TXV is nonadjustable and is factory set to maintain 10 to 13° F superheat leaving the evaporator coil. The TXV controls flow of liquid refrigerant to the evaporator coils.
Gas Valve Adjustment
NATURAL GAS — The 2-stage gas valve opens and closes in response to the thermostat or limit control.
When power is supplied to valve terminals 3 and 4, the pilot valve opens to the preset position. When power is supplied to terminals 1 and 2, the main valve opens to its preset position.
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body
(3.5 in. wg).
To adjust regulator:
1. Set thermostat at setting for no call for heat.
2. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.
3. Remove 1 /
8
-in. pipe plug from manifold. Install a water manometer pressure-measuring device.
4. Set main gas valve to ON position.
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat (high fire).
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw
(See Fig. 75).
7. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure or counterclockwise to decrease pressure.
8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit to no call for heat (3.3-in. wg high fire).
9. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.
10. Remove pressure-measuring device and replace 1 /
8 pipe plug and screw cap.
-in.
11. Turn main gas valve to ON position and check heating operation.
93
Fig. 71 — Cooling Charging Chart,
48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034
Fig. 72 — Cooling Charging Chart,
48EJ,EK,EW,EY038-048
140
Fig. 73 — Cooling Charging Chart,
48EJ,EK,EW,EY054-068
CHARGING CHART
BOTH CIRCUITS
ALL OUTDOOR FANS MUST BE OPERATING
80
60
120 Add Charge if Above Curve
100
Reduce Charge if Below Curve
40
50 100 150 200 250 300
Liquid Pressure at Liquid Valve (PSIG)
Fig. 74 — Cooling Charging Chart,
48AJ,AK,AW,AY020-060
350 400
2 LEADS, #18 WIRE 1/32 INSULATION,
600V. MAX., 105
°C
REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
(REMOVE COVER)
OUTLET PRESSURE
TAP (PLUGGED)
1/8-27 N.P.T. THDS.
D-1 D-2
W-1
C1
RECEPTACLE AND
TAB COMBINATION
TERMINAL
W-2
C2
INLET PRESSURE TAP
(PLUGGED)
1/8 - 27 N.P.T. THDS.
PILOT CONNECTION
FOR 1/4” O.D. TUBING
(PLUGGED)
RECEPTACLE TERMINAL
Fig. 75 — Gas Valve (Part Number EF33CB271)
94
Main Burners —
For all applications, main burners are factory set and should require no adjustment.
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL (Fig. 76)
1. Shut off (field-supplied) manual main gas valve.
2. Shut off power supply to unit.
3. Remove heating access panel.
4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.
5. Remove wires from gas valve.
6. Remove wires from rollout switch.
7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable from IGC board.
8. Remove 2 screws securing manifold bracket to basepan.
9. Remove 4 screws that hold the burner support plate flange to the vestibule plate.
10. Lift burner assembly out of unit.
11. Reverse procedure to re-install burners.
Fig. 76 — Main Burner Removal
Filter Drier —
Replace whenever refrigerant system is exposed to atmosphere.
Protective Devices
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
Overcurrent — Each compressor has one manual reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker. Do not bypass connections or increase the size of the circuit breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the breaker.
Overtemperature — Each 06D type compressor (48AJ,AK,
AW,AY020-035 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-038 units only) has an internal protector to protect it against excessively high discharge gas temperatures.
Crankcase Heater — Each compressor has a crankcase heater to prevent absorption of liquid refrigerant by oil in the crankcase when the compressor is idle. Since power for the crankcase heaters is drawn from the unit incoming power, main unit power must be on for the heaters to be energized.
IMPORTANT: After a prolonged shutdown or service job, energize the crankcase heaters for 24 hours before starting the compressors.
EVAPORATOR FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — A manual reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker protects against overcurrent. Do not bypass connections or increase the size of the breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the breaker. If the evaporator-fan motor is replaced with a different horsepower motor, resizing of the circuit breaker is required. Contact Carrier Application
Engineering.
CONDENSER-FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — Each condenser-fan motor is internally protected against overtemperature.
HIGH- AND LOW-PRESSURE SWITCHES — If either switch trips, or if the compressor overtemperature switch activates, that refrigerant circuit will be automatically locked out. See Compressor Lockout Logic section on this page.
FREEZE PROTECTION THERMOSTAT (FPT) — Freeze protection thermostats are located on the evaporator coil for each circuit. One is located at the top and bottom of each coil. It detects frost build-up and turns off the compressor, allowing the coil to clear. Once the frost has melted, the compressor can be reenergized.
Relief Devices —
All units have relief devices to protect against damage from excessive pressures (i.e., fire). These devices are installed on the suction line, liquid line, and on the compressor.
Power Circuit —
A typical power wiring schematic is shown in Fig. 77.
Control Circuit, 24-V —
This control circuit is protected against overcurrent by a 3.2 amp circuit breaker (CB4).
Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble before resetting. A typical 24-v control wiring schematic is shown in Fig. 78 and 79.
Control Circuit, 115-V —
This control circuit is protected against overcurrent by a 5.2 amp circuit breaker (CB3).
Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble before resetting. A typical 115-v control wiring schematic is shown in Fig. 80 and 81.
Compressor Lockout Logic —
If any of the safeties trip, the circuit will automatically reset (providing the safety has reset) and restart the compressor in 15 minutes. If any of the safeties trip 3 times within a 90-minute period, then the circuit will be locked out and will require manual resetting by turning off either the unit disconnect or the control circuit breaker, or opening the thermostat.
If the compressors have bee off for more than 15 minutes and the outdoor-air temperature (OAT) is less than 45 F then safeties will be ignored for 5 minutes.
Replacement Parts —
A complete list of replacement parts may be obtained from any Carrier distributor upon request.
LEGEND for Fig. 77-83 — Typical Wiring Schematics
LEGEND
CR
CV
DM
DP
EC
FLA
FPT
FU
GVR
HPS
HS
AFS
AHA
BP
BR
C
— Airflow Switch
— Adjustable Heat Anticipator
— Building Pressure
— Burner Relay
— Contactor, Compressor
CAP
CB
CC
— Capacitor
— Circuit Breaker
— Cooling Compensator
CCB
CCH
— Controller Circuit Breaker
— Crankcase Heater
CLSASP — Cooling Supply Air
Set Point Potentiometer
COM
— Communication
COMP
— Compressor Motor
— Control Relay
— Constant Volume
— Damper Motor
— Duct Pressure
— Enthalpy Control
— Full Load Amps
— Freeze Protection Thermostat
— Fuse
— Gas Valve Relay
— High-Pressure Switch
— Hall Effect Sensor
HTSASP — Heating Supply Air Set Point
Potentiometer
HV
IDM
— High Voltage
— Induced-Draft Motor
IFC
IFCB
IFM
IFR
— Indoor Fan Contactor
— Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker
— Indoor-Fan Motor
— Indoor-Fan Relay
IGC
IP
L
LPS
LS
MGV
NC
— Integrated Gas Unit Controller
— Internal Protector
— Light
— Low-Pressure Switch
— Limit Switch
— Main Gas Valve
— Normally Closed
NO
OAT
OD
OFC
OFM
PEC
— Normally Open
— Outdoor-Air Thermostat
— Outdoor
— Outdoor-Fan Contactor
— Outdoor-Fan Motor
— Power Exhaust Contactor
PEM
PES
— Power Exhaust Motor
— Power Exhaust Sequencer
PESC
— Power Exhaust Sequencer Controller
PL
— Plug Assembly
RAT
— Return-Air Thermistor
RS
— Rollout Switch
SAT
— Supply-Air Thermostat
SEN
— Sensor
SW
— Switch
TB
— Terminal Block
TC
TH
— Thermostat, Cooling
— Thermostat, Heating
TRAN — Transformer
UL
— Compressor Unloader
VFD
— Variable Frequency Drive
Terminal (Marked)
Terminal (Unmarked)
Terminal Block
Splice
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
To indicate common potential only.
Not to represent wiring.
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
TROUBLESHOOTING
Typical refrigerant circuiting diagrams are shown in Fig. 84-93. An algorithm diagram of the IGC (Integrated Gas Unit Controller) control is shown in Fig. 94.
LEGEND
FPS —
Freeze Protection Switch
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
Fig. 84 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY020,025 and 48EJ,EK,EW,EY024-034)
103
HPS & LPS mounted on compressor
Compressor #1
Muffler
HPS- HK02ZA428
Cut-In - 320 PSI
Cut-out - 420 PSI
LPS - HK02ZB027
Cut -In - 22 PSI
Cut-out - 7 PSI
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
TXV #1
TXV #2
HPS & LPS mounted on compressor
Compressor #1
Muffler
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
LEGEND
FPS —
Freeze Protection Switch
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
TXV —
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 85 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY027,030)
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
104
HPS & LPS mounted on compressor
Compressor #1
Muffler
HPS- HK02ZA428
Cut-In - 320 PSI
Cut-out - 420 PSI
LPS - HK02ZB027
Cut -In - 22 PSI
Cut-out - 7 PSI
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
TXV #1
TXV #2
HPS & LPS mounted on compressor
Compressor #1
Muffler
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
12-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
LEGEND
FPS —
Freeze Protection Switch
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
TXV —
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 86 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY035)
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
105
LEGEND
FPS —
Freeze Protection Switch
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
Fig. 87 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY038,044)
106
HPS & LPS mounted on compressor
Compressor #1
Muffler
HPS- HK02ZA428
Cut-In - 320 PSI
Cut-out - 420 PSI
LPS - HK02ZB027
Cut -In - 22 PSI
Cut-out - 7 PSI
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
TXV #1
TXV #2
HPS & LPS mounted on compressor
Compressor #1
Muffler
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
8-Pass
LEGEND
FPS —
Freeze Protection Switch
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
TXV —
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 88 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY040,050)
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
107
LEGEND
FPS —
Freeze Protection Switch
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
Fig. 89 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY048)
108
LEGEND
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
TXV —
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 90 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY054 and 058)
109
HPS & LPS mounted on compressor
Compressor #1
Muffler
HPS- HK02ZA428
Cut-In - 320 PSI
Cut-out - 420 PSI
LPS - HK02ZB027
Cut -In - 22 PSI
Cut-out - 7 PSI
HPS & LPS mounted on compressor
Compressor #1
Muffler
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
6-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
TXV #1
TXV #2
LEGEND
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
TXV —
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 91 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48AJ,AK,AW,AY060)
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
4-Pass
110
LEGEND
HPS —
High-Pressure Switch
LPS —
Low-Pressure Switch
TXV —
Thermostatic Expansion Valve
Fig. 92 — Typical Refrigerant Circuiting (48EJ,EK,EW,EY064)
111
112
LEGEND
IDM —
Induced-Draft Motor
IGC —
Integrated Gas Unit Controller
NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the “AUTO” position or sensor-equipped unit.
Fig. 94 — IGC Control (Heating and Cooling)
113
The alarm codes for the IGC control board are shown in
Table 44.
Table 44 — IGC Control Board LED Alarms
INDICATION
ON
OFF
1 FLASH
2 FLASHES
3 FLASHES
4 FLASHES
5 FLASHES
6 FLASHES
7 FLASHES
8 FLASHES
9 FLASHES
ERROR MODE
Normal Operation
Hardware Failure
Fan ON/OFF Delay Modified
Limit Switch Fault
Flame Sense Fault
4 Consecutive Limit Switch Faults
Ignition Lockout Fault
Induced Draft Motor Fault
Rollout Switch Fault
Internal Control Fault
Software Lockout
Diagnostic LEDs —
There are 3 LEDs (red, yellow, and green) on the lower right hand side of the control board. The red light is used to check unit operation and alarms. A constant pulse is normal unit operation. A series of quick blinks indicates an alarm. Refer to Table 45 below for a description of alarms. The yellow LED blinks during transmission with the
CCN (Carrier Comfort Network). The green LED blinks during transmission with the expansion board.
Table 45 — Control Board LED Alarms
LED
BLINKS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ERROR
CODE
—
HF-13
HF-14
HF-15
HF-05
HF-06
DESCRIPTION
Normal Operation
Compressor 1 Safety
Compressor 2 Safety
Thermostat Failure
SAT Thermistor Failure
RESET
METHOD
—
Automatic and
Manual
Automatic and
Manual
None
None
ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL
None
Cooling disabled.
Automatic reset after
15 minutes. Manual if repeated 3 times in
90 minutes.
Cooling disabled.
Automatic reset after
15 minutes. Manual if repeated 3 times in
90 minutes.
Automatic Alarm generated.
Automatic Heating, cooling, and economizer disabled.
OAT Thermistor Failure Automatic NTFC, IAQ purge, economizer, and low ambient DX cooling locked out disabled.
HF-03 Space Temp. Sen. Failure Automatic Disables unoccupied cooling/heating, CV economizer, and CV cooling/heating.
HF-12 RAT Thermistor Failure Automatic VAV heating disabled.
SE-05
HF-16
Loss of Communications with Expansion Board
Control Board Failure
Automatic Algorithms in expansion board are bypassed.
Control uses default values. (May seem as normal operation)
All outputs turned off.
TROUBLESHOOTING COMMENTS
The expansion board and control board flash the red LED
in one-second intervals when the board is operating properly.
The high or low pressure safety switch for compressor no. 1 has opened for 3 seconds. The error will be cleared and compressor no. 1 will be allowed to turn on in 15 minutes.
If the safeties have been tripped 3 times in 90 minutes, compressor no. 1 will be locked out until the control board has been manually reset.
The high or low pressure safety switch for compressor no. 2 has opened for 3 seconds. The error will be cleared and compressor no. 2 will be allowed to turn on in 15 minutes.
If the safeties have been tripped 3 times in 90 minutes, compressor no. 2 will be locked out until the control board has been manually reset.
The thermostat is calling for both heating and cooling at the same time. The unit will operate on a first call basis and will automatically reset.
The supply-air temperature (SAT) sensor has failed.
First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.
The outside air temperature (OAT) sensor has failed.
First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.
The space temperature sensor has failed.
First check for wiring errors, then replace sensor.
The return-air temperature (RAT) sensor has failed.
Ensure that the unit is a VAV unit. If NOT a VAV unit set
DIP switch position 1 to the closed position and reset power.
Then check for wiring errors. Finally, replace sensor.
Communications between the expansion board and the control board have been interrupted. Ensure that an expansion board is installed and wired using the wire harness supplied with the expansion module. If an expansion board is not used ensure that DIP switch position
3 is in the closed position, and reset power.
Generated when hardware has failed on control board.
Replace the control board.
11
Analog to Digital
Conversion
HF-17 Expansion Board Failure
12
SE-23 Cooling SAT Low
Limit Shutdown
None All outputs turned off. Generated when hardware has failed on the expansion board. Replace the expansion board.
Automatic Alarm generated.
CV operation. When SAT low limits are below range and compressor shut off.
LEGEND
DIP
— Dual In-Line Package
VAV — Variable Air Volume
114
Tables 46-48 show the input and output channel designations.
Table 46 — I/O Channel Designations Base Module — CV
TERMINAL NO.
T1-2
T3-4
T5-6
T7-8
T9-10
T11-12
T13-14
T15-16
T17-25
T18-25
T19-25
T20-25
T21-25
T22-25
ASSIGNMENT
SPT (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor
STO (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor
OAT — 5KV Thermistor
SAT — 5KV Thermistor
—
SAT Reset — AI (4 to 20 mA)
IAQ Indoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)
IAQ Outdoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)
Y1 or Remote Start/Stop — DI (24 vac)
Y2 — DI (24 vac)
W1 — DI (24 vac)
W2 — DI (24 vac)
G — DI (24 vac)
Compressor 1 Safety — DI (24 vac)
TERMINAL NO.
T23-25
T24-25
T26-27
T28-29
T30-29
T31-32
T33-32
T34-35
T36-35
T37-38
T39-38
K1
K2
K3
ASSIGNMENT
Compressor 2 Safety — DI (24 vac)
Outside Air Enthalpy — DI (24 vac)
Economizer Pos. — AO (4-20 mA)
Heat 1 Relay — DO (24 vac)
Heat 2 Relay — DO (24 vac)
CV Power Exhaust 1/Modulating Power Exhaust — DO (115 vac)
CV Power Exhaust 2 — DO (115 vac)
Condenser Fan — DO (115 vac)
OFC2 — DO (115 vac)
—
—
Indoor Fan Relay — DO (LV)
Compr. 1 — DO (HV)
Compr. 2 — DO (HV)
TERMINAL NO.
T1-2
T3-4
T5-6
T7-8
T9-10
T11-12
T13-14
T15-16
T17-25
T18-25
T19-25
T20-25
T21-25
T22-25
Table 47 — I/O Channel Designations Base Module — VAV
ASSIGNMENT
SPT (CCN) — 10KV Thermistor
RAT — 5KV Thermistor
OAT — 5KV Thermistor
SAT — 5KV Thermistor
—
SAT Reset — AI (4 to 20 mA)
IAQ Indoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)
IAQ Outdoor — AI (4 to 20 mA)
Remote Start/Stop — DI (24 vac)
—
—
—
—
Compressor 1 Safety — DI (24 vac)
TERMINAL NO.
T23-25
T24-25
T26-27
T28-29
T30-29
T31-32
T33-32
T34-35
T36-35
T37-38
T39-38
K1
K2
K3
ASSIGNMENT
Compressor 2 Safety — DI (24 vac)
Outside Air Enthalpy — DI (24 vac)
Economizer Pos. — AO (4-20 mA)
Heat 1 Relay - DO (24 v)
Heat Interlock Relay — DO (24 v)
Modulated Power Exhaust — DO (24 vac)
—
Condenser Fan — DO (115 vac)
OFC2 — DO (115 vac)
Unloader 1 — DO (115 vac)
Unloader 2 — DO (115 vac)
Indoor Fan Relay — DO (LV)
Compr. 1 — DO (HV)
Compr. 2 — DO (HV)
Table 48 — I/O Channel Designations Expansion Module (Field-Installed) — CV and VAV
TERMINAL NO.
T1-2
T3-4
T5-6
T7-8
T9-10
T11-12
T13-14
ASSIGNMENT
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
T15-16
—
T17 and TB2-1
Fan Status — DI (24 vac)
T18 and TB2-1
Filter Status - DI (24 vac)
T19 and TB2-1
Field Applied Status — DI (24 vac)
T20 and TB2-1
Demand Limit — DI (24 vac)
T21 and TB2-1
Fire — Unit Shutdown — DI (24 vac)
T22 and TB2-1
Fire — Pressurization — DI (24 vac)
LEGEND (Tables 46-48)
AI
— Analog Input
AO
— Analog Output
OAT — Outdoor-Air Temperature
OFC — Outdoor Fan Contactor
CCN — Carrier Comfort Network RAT — Return-Air Temperature
CV
— Constant Volume SAT — Supply-Air Temperature
DI
— Direct Input
DO — Direct Output
HV
— High Voltage
IAQ — Indoor Air Quality
KV
— Kilo-Ohms
LV
— Low Voltage
SPT — Space Temperature
STO — Space Temperature Offset
T
TB
— Terminal
— Terminal Block
VAV — Variable Air Volume
TERMINAL NO.
ASSIGNMENT
T23 and TB2-1
Fire — Evacuation — DI (24 vac)
T24 and TB2-1
Fire — Smoke Purge — DI (24 vac)
T26-27
—
T28-29
—
T30 and TB2-2
Alarm Light Indicator — DO (24 vac)
T31
T33
Power Exhaust Fire No. 1 — DO (115 vac)
Power Exhaust Fire No. 2 — DO (115 vac)
T34
T36
T37
T39
K1
K2
K3
Power Exhaust Fire No. 3 — DO (115 vac)
Power Exhaust Fire No. 4 — DO (115 vac)
—
—
—
—
—
NOTE: All even numbered terminals are negative (–) polarity and all odd numbered terminals are positive (+) polarity.
115
SERVICE TRAINING
Packaged Service Training programs are an excellent way to increase your knowledge of the equipment discussed in this manual, including:
• Unit Familiarization
• Installation Overview
• Maintenance
• Operating Sequence
A large selection of product, theory, and skills programs are available, using popular video-based formats and materials. All include video and/or slides, plus companion book.
Classroom Service Training which includes “hands-on” experience with the products in our labs can mean increased confidence that really pays dividends in faster troubleshooting and fewer callbacks. Course descriptions and schedules are in our catalog.
CALL FOR FREE CATALOG 1-800-962-9212
[ ] Packaged Service Training [ ] Classroom Service Training
Copyright 2001 Carrier Corporation
Book 1
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
PC 111 Catalog No. 534-739 Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48A,E-1SI Pg 116 107 11-01 Replaces: 48E-6SI
Tab 1a
START-UP CHECKLIST
MODEL NO.: _________________________________ SERIAL NO.: ______________________________________
SOFTWARE VERSION (SEE FIG. 27): ____________ TECHNICIAN: ____________________________________
DATE: _______________________________________
PRE-START-UP:
VERIFY THAT DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ARE CORRECT
VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM UNIT
REMOVE ALL COMPRESSOR SHIPPING HOLDDOWN BOLTS AND BRACKETS PER INSTRUCTIONS
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ECONOMIZER HOOD
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ALL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT
CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS
CHECK THAT RETURN-AIR FILTER AND OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE
VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL WITHIN TOLERANCES FOR PROPER CONDENSER DRAINAGE
CHECK FAN WHEELS AND PROPELLERS FOR LOCATION IN HOUSING/ORIFICE, AND SETSCREW IS TIGHT
VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED
VERIFY THAT SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND LIQUID SERVICE VALVES ON EACH CIRCUIT ARE OPEN
VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ON 24 HOURS BEFORE START-UP.
START-UP:
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE L1-L2 __________ L2-L3 __________ L3-L1 __________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 1 L1 __________ L2 __________
COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 2 L1
SUPPLY FANS AMPS (CV) ________
__________ L2 __________
EXHAUST FAN AMPS __________
(VAV) ________ *
*VAV fan supply amps reading must be taken with a true RMS meter for accurate readings.
TEMPERATURES
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE
RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE
COOLING SUPPLY AIR
GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR
PRESSURES
__________ F DB (Dry Bulb)
__________ F DB__________ F WB (Wet Bulb)
__________ F
__________ F
L2 _________
L2 _________
GAS INLET PRESSURE __________ IN. WG
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE STAGE NO. 1 __________ IN. WG STAGE NO. 2 __________ IN. WG
REFRIGERANT SUCTION CIRCUIT NO. 1 __________ PSIG CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE CIRCUIT NO. 2 __________ PSIG CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG
VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE USING CHARGING CHARTS ON PAGES 93 AND 94.
CL-1
GENERAL
SET ECONOMIZER MINIMUM VENT POSITION TO JOB REQUIREMENTS
ENSURE DRIVES OPERATE WITH LIMITS OF FAN PERFORMANCE TABLES
HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH SETTING
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH SETTING
MOTOR PULLEY PART NUMBER
FAN PULLEY PART NUMBER
BELT PART NUMBER
BELT SIZE
FILTER QUANTITY
FILTER SIZES psig psig in.
in.
ADDITIONAL NOTES:
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Copyright 2001 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Book 1
PC 111 Catalog No. 534-739 Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48A,E-1SI CL-2 107 11-01 Replaces: 48E-6SI
Tab 1a

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Electric cooling
- Single package
- Gas heating
- Rooftop installation
- Weatherproof
- Reciprocating compressor
- Condenser coil
- Evaporator coil
- Return air filters
- Furnace section